WO2014046062A1 - Photosensitive resin composition - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014046062A1 WO2014046062A1 PCT/JP2013/074930 JP2013074930W WO2014046062A1 WO 2014046062 A1 WO2014046062 A1 WO 2014046062A1 JP 2013074930 W JP2013074930 W JP 2013074930W WO 2014046062 A1 WO2014046062 A1 WO 2014046062A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- photosensitive resin
- integer
- resin composition
- general formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 0 CC*(C)c(cc1)ccc1C(Nc1cc(IC(C(CC2)=CC=C2[O+])=O)c(*)cc1O)=O Chemical compound CC*(C)c(cc1)ccc1C(Nc1cc(IC(C(CC2)=CC=C2[O+])=O)c(*)cc1O)=O 0.000 description 2
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G8/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
- C08G8/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
- C08G8/08—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
- C08G8/20—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with polyhydric phenols
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
- G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G69/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G69/02—Polyamides derived from amino-carboxylic acids or from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids
- C08G69/26—Polyamides derived from amino-carboxylic acids or from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids derived from polyamines and polycarboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/22—Polybenzoxazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G8/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
- C08G8/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
- C08G8/08—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
- C08G8/12—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with monohydric phenols having only one hydrocarbon substituent ortho on para to the OH group, e.g. p-tert.-butyl phenol
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G8/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
- C08G8/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
- C08G8/08—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
- C08G8/20—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with polyhydric phenols
- C08G8/22—Resorcinol
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G8/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
- C08G8/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
- C08G8/08—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
- C08G8/24—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with mixtures of two or more phenols which are not covered by only one of the groups C08G8/10 - C08G8/20
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D179/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
- C09D179/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D179/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
- C09D179/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C09D179/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
- G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
- G03F7/0233—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders characterised by the polymeric binders or the macromolecular additives other than the macromolecular quinonediazides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
Definitions
- the present invention relates to, for example, an insulating material for electronic parts and a photosensitive resin composition used for forming a relief pattern such as a passivation film, a buffer coat film, and an interlayer insulating film in a semiconductor device.
- polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, and the like that have excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, mechanical properties, and the like have been widely used for surface protective films and interlayer insulating films used in semiconductor devices. Since these resins have low solubility in various solvents, they are generally often provided as a composition dissolved in a solvent in the form of a precursor.
- this photosensitive resin composition is that the naphthoquinonediazide compound (that is, the photosensitive diazoquinone compound) and the polybenzoxazole (PBO) precursor in the unexposed area are exposed to light with a low dissolution rate in an alkaline aqueous solution.
- the photosensitive diazoquinone compound is chemically changed to an indenecarboxylic acid compound to increase the dissolution rate of the exposed portion in the alkaline aqueous solution.
- the above-described composition can form a positive relief pattern by exposure and development with an alkaline aqueous solution. Further, it has thermosetting film characteristics by heating.
- a system in which a phenol resin is added to a heat-resistant resin precursor is disclosed as a technique for increasing the residual film and increasing sensitivity during development.
- a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 1) containing a polyamic acid silyl ester, a diazonaphthoquinone sulfonic acid ester and a phenol novolac resin, a hydroxy polyamide resin, a photosensitive diazonaphthoquinone compound and a specific phenol resin
- Patent Document 3 containing a hydroxy polyamide resin having a specific structure, a quinonediazide compound, a novolac resin and / or polyhydroxystyrene.
- Patent Document 4 a photosensitive resin composition in which a polyamide resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group contains a phenol resin, a photosensitive diazoquinone compound, a polyfunctional methylol compound, and a solvent.
- Patent Document 5 a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 5) using a hydroxypolyamide having at least one ester or thioester structure in the polymer main skeleton is described as a technique for increasing the residual film and increasing the sensitivity.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition having a high development residual film ratio and high sensitivity, and a uniform surface after development.
- the present inventor has found that the above problems can be solved by using a combination of a hydroxypolyamide derivative and a phenol resin having a specific structure. Invented the invention. That is, the present invention is as follows.
- R 9 and R 10 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is 2 or 3, p is an integer of 1 to 3, o and q Are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, satisfying 2 ⁇ (l + o) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (p + q) ⁇ 4, m3 is a positive integer, and m4 is 0 or a positive integer .
- R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, r and u are each independently an integer of 1 to 3, and s and v are Each independently an integer from 0 to 2, satisfying 1 ⁇ (r + s) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (u + v) ⁇ 4, m5 is 0 or a positive integer, and m6 is a positive integer, m11 is a positive integer, and P 1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a carboxy
- each R 13 independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- w is an integer of 1 to 3
- x is an integer of 0 to 2
- m7 is a positive integer
- m8 is 0 or a positive integer
- Y is the following formula group (5 ′):
- P 4 and P 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group which may be substituted with fluorine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or substituted or unsubstituted 1 having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the phenol resin is represented by the following general formula (4 ′) (Wherein R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, r, t and u are each independently an integer of 1 to 3; v is each independently an integer of 0 to 2, satisfies 1 ⁇ (r + s) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (u + v) ⁇ 4, m5 is 0 or a positive integer, and m6 is a positive integer is there.)
- the phenol resin is a structure represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the general formula group (5), and the Y is represented by the following general formula (5 ′′): (P 4 and P 5 are the same as defined in the formula group (5 ).
- R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (6): (Wherein R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represents a divalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is alicyclic.
- the positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [4], which has a structure represented by: [6] R 3 or R 4 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (7): (In the formula, R 21 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms.)
- the positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [5], which has a structure represented by: [7] (A) forming a photosensitive resin layer composed of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6] above on a substrate; (B) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (C) removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern; and (D) heating the relief pattern.
- a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to the above [8].
- a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to the above [8].
- a cured film containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polybenzoxazole and a phenol resin The cured film has the following conditions: Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2 Treatment time: A cured film having an arithmetic average surface roughness of 0.5 to 5.0 nm as measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) after a dry etching treatment of 60 seconds.
- AFM atomic force microscope
- a photosensitive resin composition having a high development residual film ratio and high sensitivity, which can prevent whitening after development and has a uniform surface.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing 13 C-NMR results of a hydroxypolyamide resin (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 6.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a 1 H-NMR result of a phenol resin (N-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 8.
- the photosensitive resin composition has (a) general formula (1): (Wherein R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a divalent to octavalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, and R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently hydrogen.
- B a quinonediazide compound (hereinafter also referred to as a quinonediazide compound (b)),
- c a phenol resin (hereinafter referred to as a polymer).
- Phenol resin also referred to as (c)
- the main component means more than 50% by mass.
- the polymer (a) in the present invention is a polymer mainly composed of a structural unit having a repeating number n in the general formula (1) (also referred to as a structural unit represented by the general formula (1) in the present disclosure). Or it can become a polymer which has an imide ring, an oxazole ring, etc. with a suitable catalyst.
- the polymer (a) preferably includes a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester of a polyimide precursor, and a polyhydroxyamide of a polybenzoxazole precursor.
- the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) may be one type or two or more types.
- the arrangement of the structural units may be a block or random, and the repeat number n is the total number of repeats of the two or more types of structural units.
- the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is produced from dicarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid and derivatives thereof and bis (aminophenol), and has a phenol group at the ortho position of the amide bond.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) includes, for example, a dicarboxylic acid having a structure of R 1 (OR 3 ) d (COOR 5 ) f (COOH) 2 and R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e. (COOR 6 ) It can be obtained by polycondensation with a diamine having a g structure.
- n is not limited as long as it is a positive integer, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 3 to 50, and in the range of 3 to 30 from the viewpoint of developability. Most preferred.
- the diamine having the R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure will be described.
- R 4 is a hydrogen atom and e is 2, for example, 3,3′-dihydroxybenzidine, 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4 '-Diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, bis- (3-amino -4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluor
- those particularly preferable from the viewpoints of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance are compounds in which R 2 is a tetravalent organic group selected from the above formula group.
- the meta position may be an amino group
- the para position may be a hydroxyl group
- the meta position may be a hydroxyl group
- the para position may be an amino group.
- a hydroxyl group is preferable at the para position.
- diamine having the R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure the following structure: (Wherein X 3 is a tetravalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms.) It is also possible to use two pairs of diamines having an amide bond in the ortho position and a phenolic hydroxyl group (hereinafter referred to as “diamine having a PBO precursor structure in the molecule”).
- X 3 is not limited as long as it is a tetravalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, but is exemplified as a preferred organic group represented by R 2 described above from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance. A structure is preferred.
- diamine having a PBO precursor structure in the molecule include the following structures.
- Y 3 in the above structure is not limited as long as it is a divalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, but from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance, examples of the organic group represented by R 1 will be described later. Preferably at least one of the listed organic groups.
- the above compound can be obtained, for example, by reacting a dicarboxylic acid dichloride compound with two molecules of nitroaminophenol and reducing the nitro group to an amino group.
- PI precursor structure in the molecule a compound having two polyimide precursor structures in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as “PI precursor structure in the molecule”).
- PI precursor structure in the molecule a compound having two polyimide precursor structures in the molecule.
- Examples of such compounds include the following structures: (Wherein Y 4 represents a tetravalent organic group having 4 to 60 carbon atoms, and R 6 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.) The compound which has is mentioned.
- R 6 represents hydrogen or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- a method for producing a bisaminophenol having a PI precursor structure in the molecule for example, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a dicarboxylic acid ring-opened with a monoalcohol or a monoamine, a hydroxyl group and a nitro
- a method for producing a bisaminophenol having a PI precursor structure in the molecule for example, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a dicarboxylic acid ring-opened with a monoalcohol or a monoamine, a hydroxyl group and a nitro
- An example is a method in which two molecules of aniline having a group are condensed and then the nitro group is reduced.
- a diamine having a raw material R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure a diamine in which both e and g are 0 will be described.
- Such a diamine is advantageous in the case of adjusting the solubility in an alkali developer.
- these diamine compounds include aromatic diamines. Aromatic diamines are advantageous from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
- aromatic diamine examples include m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-tolylenediamine, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl
- the hydrogen atom of the aromatic nucleus of the aromatic diamine may be substituted with a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, or the like.
- Silicon diamine can also be selected as part or all of the diamine.
- silicon diamines include bis (4-aminophenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethylsiloxane, bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis ( ⁇ -aminopropyl) tetramethyldi Examples thereof include siloxane, 1,4-bis ( ⁇ -aminopropyldimethylsilyl) benzene, bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis ( ⁇ -aminopropyl) tetraphenyldisiloxane, and the like.
- Such a dicarboxylic acid is advantageous in the case of adjusting the solubility in an alkali developer.
- a 1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, and a single bond.
- Each of k L 1 bonded to a ring carbon is independently composed of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, an amide group, a urea group, an imide group, and a urethane group.
- a group selected from the group and k 4).
- n 10 is an integer from 1 to 12
- L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- L 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxyl group).
- a typical compound as a dicarboxylic acid having a tricyclodecane skeleton includes bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,02,6] decane.
- a production example of the compound a synthesis example of International Publication No. 2009/081950 pamphlet can be exemplified.
- tetracarboxylic dianhydride is replaced with monoalcohol or monoamine, etc. Ring-opened dicarboxylic acids can also be used.
- monoalcohol include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, benzyl alcohol, and the like.
- monoamines include butylamine and aniline.
- tetracarboxylic dianhydride include compounds represented by the following chemical formula.
- B is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, and —COO—. Indicates the divalent group selected.
- tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be reacted with bisaminophenol or diamine, and the resulting carboxylic acid residue can be esterified or amidated with a monoalcohol or monoamine.
- a dicarboxylic acid having an amide bond at the ortho position and a phenolic hydroxyl group can also be used. Examples of such a dicarboxylic acid include compounds represented by the following formula. Wherein X 5 represents a trivalent or tetravalent organic group having at least 2 carbon atoms, R 5 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and n 11 Is an integer of 1 or 2.
- Examples of the method for producing the compound represented by the above formula include the structure of bis (aminophenol) or R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) having the structure of R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 described above.
- An example is a method in which two molecules of trimellitic acid chloride are reacted with diaminophenol having an acid, and an acid anhydride and an alcohol are further reacted.
- diacid chloride is obtained using dicarboxylic acid and thionyl chloride, and then bisamino Examples thereof include a method in which phenol (diamine) is allowed to act or a method in which dicarboxylic acid and bisaminophenol (diamine) are polycondensed with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. In the method using dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenztriazole can be allowed to act simultaneously.
- R 1 and / or R 2 in the general formula (1) preferably has a structure having an ester bond.
- the polymer R 1 and / or R 2 of the polymer mainly composed of the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) according to the present embodiment has an ester structure, so that it is compatible with the phenol resin (c) described later. And has a specific effect that the surface condition after development is particularly good. The reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason.
- the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component has an amide bond, and the bond between the amide and the amide is strong due to the polarity of the amide, and it is easy to associate between the polymers. Compatibility is difficult to increase.
- the ester and the phenol resin are close in polarity, and the amide bond ratio is relatively reduced, so that the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin (c) is increased.
- ester structure a structure represented by the following general formula (6) and the following structure: (In the formula, Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group) Is mentioned.
- R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
- R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represents a divalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is alicyclic. Having a structure or an aliphatic structure, and m is 0 or 1.
- the structure represented by the general formula (6) includes, for example, ( ⁇ ) a hydroxyl group-containing compound having the structure of R 18 in the general formula (6), ( ⁇ ) R 19 in the general formula (6), and It can be obtained by reacting at least one carboxylic acid compound selected from the group consisting of polyvalent carboxylic acids having the structure of R 20 and derivatives thereof.
- R 18 is a residue derived from a divalent phenol compound or an alcohol compound.
- the hydroxyl group-containing compound having the structure of R 18 include a phenol compound and an alcohol compound.
- Specific examples of the divalent phenol compound include hydroquinone, resorcinol, 4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 2,2′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylmethane, 4,4′-methylenebis (2-methylphenol).
- a phenol compound containing a functional group can be used as the phenol compound.
- the functional group include an amide group, an imide group, a urea group, a urethane group, and an ether group.
- divalent alcohol compound examples include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, and 1,8-octane.
- an alcohol compound containing a functional group can be used in the same manner as the phenol compound.
- the functional group include an amide group, an imide group, a urea group, a urethane group, and an ether group.
- R 1 and / or R 2 has an ester bond
- R 1 or R 2 is the general formula (6).
- it is advantageous also from a viewpoint of i-line permeability.
- R 18 , R 19, and R 20 has an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic structure, particularly from the viewpoint of i-line permeability and high sensitivity.
- aliphatic means chain aliphatic unless otherwise specified.
- R 18 in the general formula (6) is aromatic, and R 19 and R 20 are both alicyclic structures or aliphatic structures (that is, R 19 and R 20 are aromatic structures). Is preferred). In this case, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of further i-line transmittance and higher sensitivity.
- R 18 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 19 and R 20 each preferably have 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
- R 18 , R 19, and R 20 include at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon groups, ether groups, amide groups, imide groups, urea groups, urethane groups, sulfonyl groups, and fluorine-containing groups. Is preferred.
- R 18 in the general formula (6) is more preferably selected from the structure represented by the following general formula (8), and R 19 and R 20 is more preferably selected from structures represented by the following general formula (9).
- R 16 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
- R 17 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms.
- a 1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, and a single bond.
- L 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- k 4
- a plurality of L 1 may be the same or different
- L 2 to L 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- L 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxyl group
- n 10 is an integer of 1 to 12.
- the proportion of the ester group-containing structure represented by the general formula (6) in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is determined by the solubility in an alkali developer and the resulting resin film machine. From the viewpoint of good physical properties, it is preferably 5 to 80 mol%.
- R 3 and / or R 4 in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is represented by the following general formula (7): (In the formula, R 21 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 19 carbon atoms.) It preferably has a structure represented by
- R 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and these hydrogen atoms are chlorine atoms, It may be substituted with one or more selected from a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methoxy group, a cyano group, and a phenyl group.
- the carbon number of R 21 is 1 to 19, more preferably 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, as the R 21, more specifically Includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a phenyl group.
- the content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol%.
- the compatibility with the phenol resin (c) is particularly good, and the surface condition after development is particularly good.
- the reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason.
- the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component has an amide bond, and the bond between the amide and the amide is strong due to the polarity of the amide, and it is easy to associate between the polymers. Compatibility is difficult to increase.
- the ester structure is introduced by the structure of the general formula (7), the ester has a polarity close to that of the phenol resin, and the amide bond ratio is relatively reduced, so that the polymer (a) and the phenol resin ( Compatibility with c) becomes high.
- the terminal group of the polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) may be sealed with an organic group (hereinafter referred to as “sealing group”).
- an amino group or a compound having a hydroxyl group is used as a sealing group. It is preferable to use it.
- the compound include aniline, ethynylaniline, norborneneamine, butylamine, propargylamine, ethanol, propargyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and hydroxyethyl acrylate.
- the compound having a blocking group includes an acid anhydride, carboxylic acid, acid chloride, isocyanate. It is preferable to use a compound having a group or the like.
- Examples of the compound include benzoyl chloride, norbornene dicarboxylic anhydride, norbornene carboxylic acid, ethynyl phthalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride, methylcyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride Products, cyclohexenedicarboxylic anhydride, methacryloyloxyethyl methacrylate, phenyl isocyanate, mesyl chloride, and tosyl chloride.
- the polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is an additional structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. May be included.
- the additional structural unit include a polyhydroxyimide structure, a polyester structure, and a polyamide structure not containing a hydroxyl group.
- the proportion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is more than 50% by mass, the development residual film ratio is high, the sensitivity is high, the surface after development is uniform, and the cured relief
- it is preferably 75 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass. is there.
- the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter also referred to as “GPC”) of the polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is 3,000 to 70, 000 is preferable, and 6,000 to 50,000 is more preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more from the viewpoint of physical properties of the cured relief pattern, and is preferably 70,000 or less from the viewpoint of resolution.
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- the molecular weight is determined from a calibration curve prepared using standard monodisperse polystyrene.
- standard monodisperse polystyrene it is recommended to select from standard organic solvent standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko.
- a naphthoquinonediazide compound (NQD compound) is preferable, and among them, it has a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure.
- Compounds are preferred. Examples of the compound having a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure include 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid ester of a polyhydroxy compound having a specific structure described in detail below, and 1,2-naphtho of the polyhydroxy compound. Preference is given to at least one NQD compound selected from the group consisting of quinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid esters.
- the NQD compound can be obtained by subjecting a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid compound to sulfonyl chloride with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride according to a conventional method, and subjecting the resulting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride to a polyhydroxy compound.
- the NQD compound can be obtained by reacting in the presence of a basic catalyst for esterification, and washing the resulting product with water and drying.
- Examples of preferable NQD compounds include those represented by the following general formula group.
- Q is a hydrogen atom, or the following formula group: The naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate group represented by any of the above, but not all Q are hydrogen atoms at the same time.
- a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound containing a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule can be used, and a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound can be used.
- the blending amount of the quinonediazide compound (b) with respect to the entire alkali-soluble resin is based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 50 parts by mass is preferable, and 5 to 30 parts by mass is more preferable.
- the amount of the quinonediazide compound (b) is 1 part by mass or more, the patterning property of the resin is good, and when it is 50 parts by mass or less, the tensile elongation rate of the cured film is good, and Less development residue (scum).
- the phenolic resin (c) in this embodiment is represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (2), (3) and (4), and the general formula group (5).
- R 7 and R 8 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- h and j are each independently an integer of 1 to 3
- i and k are Each independently represents an integer of 0 to 2, satisfying 1 ⁇ (h + i) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (j + k) ⁇ 4
- m1 is 0 or a positive integer
- m2 is a positive integer.
- R 9 and R 10 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, l is 2 or 3, p is an integer of 1 to 3, o and q Are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, satisfying 2 ⁇ (l + o) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (p + q) ⁇ 4, m3 is a positive integer, and m4 is 0 or a positive integer .
- R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, r and u are each independently an integer of 1 to 3, and s and v are Each independently an integer from 0 to 2, satisfying 1 ⁇ (r + s) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (u + v) ⁇ 4, m5 is 0 or a positive integer, and m6 is a positive integer, m11 is a positive integer, and P 1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, a carboxy
- each R 13 independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- w is an integer of 1 to 3
- x is an integer of 0 to 2
- m7 is a positive integer
- m8 is 0 or a positive integer
- Y is the following formula group (5 ′):
- P 4 and P 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group which may be substituted with fluorine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or substituted or unsubstituted 1 having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Valent aromatic group.)
- the phenol resin (c) has a dissolution inhibiting effect on the quinonediazide compound (b), while the unexposed portion has a dissolution-inhibiting effect.
- a general phenol resin such as cresol / formaldehyde novolak resin or phenol / formaldehyde novolak resin has poor compatibility with the polymer (a)
- the film obtained by coating the photosensitive resin composition is uniform. Even in such a case, there has been a problem that a phenomenon of whitening of the surface occurs in the film after development.
- the phenol resin having a structure represented by at least one of the general formulas (2), (3), and (4) and the general formula group (5) has compatibility with the polymer (a). high. Therefore, according to the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment, whitening does not occur after development, and a film having a uniform surface can be formed.
- the whitening after development is caused by phase separation in the film when the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin is poor, and the film after development due to the difference in solubility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin in an alkaline developer. This is thought to be caused by unevenness on the surface.
- the combination of the polymer (a) and the phenol resin (c) prevents these whitening and surface roughness, and can form a uniform surface film.
- the reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason. In general, the closer the polarity of a substance is, the easier it is to mix, and the polarity of the phenol resin (c) used in the present invention is close to that of the polymer (a), or the phenol resin (c) and the polymer (a) are likely to mix. This is thought to be due to conformation.
- the content of the phenol resin (c) in the present embodiment is preferably in the range of 20 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (a).
- the content is preferably 20 parts by mass or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
- the content is more preferably from 50 to 150 parts by weight, and still more preferably from 50 to 100 parts by weight, from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
- i and k are each preferably 0 or 1
- R 7 and R 8 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- h and j are preferably 1 or 2, respectively.
- the total number of m1 and m2 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 20 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less.
- the ratio of m1 to m2 is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, still more preferably 20/80 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, and still more preferably 70/30 or less.
- the structure represented by the general formula (2) is more preferably a structure represented by the following formula. (Where m9 and m10 are each independently 0 or a positive integer, m9 and m10 are not simultaneously 0, the sum of m9 and m10 is equal to m1 in general formula (2), and m2 is as defined in the general formula (2).)
- o and q are each preferably 0 or 1
- R 9 and R 10 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- l is preferably 2
- p is preferably 1 or 2.
- R 10 is preferably in the meta position or para position with respect to the phenolic hydroxyl group.
- the total number of m3 and m4 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and still more preferably 20 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties.
- the ratio of m3 to m4 is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. More preferably, it is 30/70 or more, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 99/1 or less, more preferably 90/10 or less, and still more preferably 80/20 or less.
- the m3 / m4 ratio is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, and still more preferably 30/70 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 80/20 or less, more preferably 70/30 or less, and still more preferably 60/40 or less.
- the structure represented by the general formula (3) is more preferably a structure represented by the following formula. (Wherein m3 and m4 are as defined in general formula (3).)
- s and v are preferably 0 or 1
- R 11 and R 12 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- r and u are each preferably 1 or 2.
- the total number of m5 and m6 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 10 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less.
- the ratio of m5 to m6 is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, and further preferably 20/80 or more from the viewpoint of film stress, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. , Preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, still more preferably 70/30 or less.
- P 1 is preferably a hydroxyphenyl group from the viewpoint of the surface state after development and the adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film.
- m11 is preferably 1 to 3 from the viewpoint of alkali solubility of the composition.
- the structure represented by the general formula (4) is more preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (4 ′) particularly from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the composition and the pattern shape after curing.
- R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, r, t and u are each independently an integer of 1 to 3; v is each independently an integer of 0 to 2, satisfies 1 ⁇ (r + s) ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ (u + v) ⁇ 4, m5 is 0 or a positive integer, and m6 is a positive integer is there.
- s and v are preferably 0 or 1
- R 11 and R 12 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- r, t, and u are each preferably 1 or 2.
- the total number of m5 and m6 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 10 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less.
- the ratio of m5 to m6 is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, and further preferably 20/80 or more from the viewpoint of film stress, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. , Preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, still more preferably 70/30 or less.
- the structure represented by the general formula (4 ′) is more preferably a structure represented by the following formula. (In the formula, m5 and m6 are as defined in the general formula (4 ′).)
- x is preferably 0 or 1
- R 13 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- w is preferably 1 or 2.
- the total number of m7 and m8 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 10 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less.
- the ratio of m7 to m8 is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, still more preferably 30/70 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. Therefore, it is preferably 99/1 or less.
- Y is more preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (5 ′′) from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the composition and the pattern shape after curing.
- P 4 and P 5 are the same as defined in the above formula group (5 ′).
- P 4 and P 5 are each preferably a methyl group or a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of cost.
- the structure represented by the general formula group (5) is a structure represented by the following formula. (In the formula, m7 is as defined in the general formula group (5).)
- a method for synthesizing the phenol resin (c) a method of polycondensing various phenol compounds alone or a mixture thereof with aldehydes such as formalin by a known method, a phenol compound and a polymerization component, A method of synthesizing by a polymerization reaction and a method of synthesizing by a combination thereof are mentioned.
- polymerization component examples include compounds having two methylol groups in the molecule, compounds having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, and compounds having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule. It is done.
- phenol compound examples include phenol, p-cresol, m-cresol, o-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3, 4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, methylene bisphenol, methylene bis p-cresol, bisphenol A, resorcin, catechol, 2-methyl resorcin, 4-methyl resorcin, m-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, p-butoxy Phenol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, 2,3-diethylphenol, 2,5-diethylphenol, p-isopropylphenol, etc., which are used alone or in combination It can be used as a.
- aldehydes include trioxane, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, hydroxybenzaldehyde, chloroacetaldehyde and the like, and these can be used alone or as a mixture of a plurality of them.
- Examples of the compound having two methylol groups in the molecule include bis (hydroxymethyl) cresol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4- Propylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol, 2,6 -Bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-t-butoxyphenol, bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl And the like.
- Examples of the compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule include bis (methoxymethyl) cresol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4.
- -Propylphenol 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol
- Examples include 6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-t-butoxyphenol and bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxymethyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 2, and most preferably 1 from the viewpoint of reaction activity.
- Examples of the compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule include bischloromethylbiphenyl.
- the weight average molecular weight of the phenol resin (c) is preferably 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000.
- the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 or more from the viewpoint of elongation, and preferably 50,000 or less from the viewpoint of alkali solubility.
- the weight average molecular weight is a value obtained by standard polystyrene conversion using GPC.
- organic solvents examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone (hereinafter also referred to as “GBL”), cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, isophorone, N, N-dimethylacetamide (hereinafter referred to as “DMAc”).
- non-amide solvents are preferred because they have little influence on the photoresist and the like.
- Specific more preferable examples include ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, 2-heptanone, 2-octanone, 2-nonanone and the like. Can be mentioned.
- These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 100 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 2,000 parts by mass.
- the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition solution can be controlled by changing the amount of the organic solvent added.
- the addition amount is more preferably 100 to 1,000 parts by mass.
- the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention can contain a cross-linking agent for the purpose of enhancing the chemical resistance of the film after curing (photosensitive resin layer), if necessary.
- a cross-linking agent for the purpose of enhancing the chemical resistance of the film after curing (photosensitive resin layer), if necessary.
- the crosslinking agent include an aromatic compound having a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, a compound in which the N-position is substituted with a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, and an allyl compound. At least one selected compound can be used.
- At least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic compound having a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, and a compound in which the N-position is substituted with a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group is present. From the viewpoint of chemical resistance after thermosetting.
- a crosslinking agent can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types, and the compounding quantity is the polymer (a) and phenol resin (c) which have as a main component the structural unit represented by General formula (1).
- the total amount is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass.
- the blending amount is 1 part by mass or more, crosslinking proceeds well and the patterning property becomes good.
- the blending amount is 100 parts by mass or less, the mechanical properties after curing are kept good.
- a dissolution accelerator can be preferably used.
- the dissolution accelerator include carboxylic acid compounds and phenolic compounds.
- carboxylic acid compounds include 3-phenyl lactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyl lactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2- ( 1-naphthyl) propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, acetylmandelic acid, ⁇ -methoxyphenylacetic acid, 3-phenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4 -Hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2- (1-naphthyl) propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, ⁇ -methoxyphenylacetic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3, 4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid , Mandelic acid, atrolactic acid,
- phenol compound a ballast agent used for the photosensitive diazoquinone compound, and a linear phenol compound such as paracumylphenol, bisphenols, resorcinol, or MtrisPC, MtetraPC (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
- Non-linear phenolic compounds such as TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PHBA, TrisP-PA (trade name) manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., compounds in which 2 to 5 hydrogen atoms of the phenyl group of diphenylmethane are substituted with hydroxyl groups, 2 , Compounds in which 1 to 5 hydrogen atoms of the phenyl group of 2-diphenylpropane are substituted with hydroxyl groups.
- a ballast agent means the phenol compound currently used as a raw material for the above-mentioned photosensitive diazoquinone compound which is a phenol compound in which a part of the phenolic hydrogen atom is converted to naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid ester.
- the blending amount of the dissolution accelerator is preferably 0 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 30 parts by mass is preferable.
- the blending amount is 50 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
- a compounding quantity is 1 mass part or more, the melt
- the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention enhances adhesiveness with alcohol, dye, fragrance, surfactant for improving in-plane uniformity of the coating film, and silicon substrate or copper substrate, if necessary. It is also possible to contain additives such as an adhesion aid for the purpose.
- the alcohol preferably has 4 to 14 carbon atoms.
- the blending amount in the case of blending the above alcohol is 0.01 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Is preferably 70 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1-50 parts by weight, still more preferably 1-40 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 5-25 parts by weight.
- the blending amount of the alcohol is 0.01 parts by mass or more, the development residue in the exposed part decreases, and when it is 70 parts by mass or less, the tensile elongation of the film after curing is good.
- the dye examples include methyl violet, crystal violet, and malachite green.
- the blending amount when the dye is blended is 0.1 to 10 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Part by mass is preferred. If the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the visualization effect is obtained well, and if it is 10 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
- Examples of the perfume include terpene compounds, and monoterpene compounds and sesquiterpene compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents.
- the blending amount is 0.1 to 70 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Part by mass is preferable, and 1 to 50 parts by mass is more preferable. If the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass, the effect of the fragrance can be obtained satisfactorily, and if it is 70 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
- the surfactant examples include polyglycols such as polypropylene glycol and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and nonionic surfactants composed of derivatives thereof. Further, fluorine-based surfactants such as Fluorard (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M: trade name), Megafuck (manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .: trade name), Lumiflon (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), and the like can be mentioned.
- Fluorard manufactured by Sumitomo 3M: trade name
- Megafuck manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .
- Lumiflon trade name, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.
- organic siloxane surfactants such as KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name), DBE (manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name), granol (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name), and the like.
- KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name
- DBE manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name
- granol manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name
- the blending amount of the surfactant is preferably 0 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 0.01 to 1 part by mass is more preferable.
- the blending amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
- a compounding quantity is 0.01 mass part or more, the effect which prevents the repelling of said coating film is favorable.
- Adhesion aids that improve the adhesion between the cured resist pattern and the silicon substrate or copper substrate include alkylimidazolines, polyhydroxystyrenes, polyvinyl methyl ethers, t-butyl novolacs, epoxy polymers, organosilicon compounds, and triazoles and tetrazoles. And heterocyclic structure compounds such as oxazole, thiazole and imidazole.
- An organosilicon compound is a compound containing a monofunctional or higher-functional alkoxyl group and a silanol group, and serves as an adhesion aid for enhancing adhesion to a silicon wafer.
- the number of carbon atoms of the organosilicon compound is preferably 4 to 30, more preferably 4 to 18, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent.
- the compound examples include 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name KBM803, manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name of Silaace S810), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Asmax Co., Ltd .: Trade name SIM6475.0), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name LS1375, manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6474.0), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: product) Name SIM6473.5C), mercaptomethylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6473.0), 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl
- phenylsilanetriol trimethoxyphenylsilane, trimethoxy (p-tolyl) silane, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane are among the above-mentioned organosilicon compounds from the viewpoint of storage stability.
- Dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, triphenylsilanol, and a silane coupling agent represented by the following structure are preferable.
- the organosilicon compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the blending amount is 1 to 40 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c).
- the mass is preferably 2 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 4 to 20 parts by mass. If the compounding amount of the compound is 1 part by mass or more, the development residue in the exposed part is reduced satisfactorily and the adhesion to the silicon substrate is good. On the other hand, if it is 40 parts by mass or less, the cured film Tensile elongation is good, and shows good adhesion and lithography performance.
- heterocyclic structure compound examples include 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzthiazole, 1,3-dimethyl-5-pyrazolone, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, 5,5-dimethylhydantoin, 3- Methyl-5-pyrazolone, 3-methyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone, 2-methylimidazole, 1,10-phenanthroline, phenothiazine, phenoxazine, phenoxatin, mercaptobenzothiazole, mercaptobenzoxazole, methylthiobenzothiazole, dibenzothia
- Examples include dil disulfide, methylthiobenzimidazole, benzimidazole, phenylmercaptothiazoline, mercaptophenyltetrazole, and mercaptomethyltetrazole.
- benzotriazoles include compounds represented by the following general formula. (Wherein Z 7 is a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group, and Z 8 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carbon atom, These are groups selected from the group consisting of monovalent hydrocarbon groups of 1 to 5 and aminoalkyl groups.)
- heterocyclic structure compounds 5-mercapto-1-phenyltetrazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoxazole from the viewpoint of sensitivity on a copper substrate
- a compound selected from the group consisting of: These heterocyclic structure compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the compounding amount in the case of compounding the heterocyclic structure compound is 0. 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 30 parts by mass is preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable.
- the compounding amount of the heterocyclic structure compound is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the adhesiveness of the heat-cured film to the copper substrate is good, and when it is 30 parts by mass or less, the stability of the composition is good.
- the present invention is also a method for producing a cured relief pattern, (A) a step of forming a photosensitive resin layer comprising the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on a substrate; (B) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (C) removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern; and (D) heating the relief pattern.
- a method comprising: The present invention also provides a cured relief pattern produced by the above method. This will be specifically described below.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is spin-coated using a spin coater on a substrate such as a silicon wafer, a ceramic substrate, or an aluminum substrate, Alternatively, it is applied by a coater such as a die coater or a roll coater. This is dried at 50 to 140 ° C. using an oven or a hot plate to remove the solvent, thereby forming a photosensitive resin layer. From the viewpoint of obtaining a coating film having a uniform thickness, the spin coating method using a spin coater is most preferable.
- Step B Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer
- the substrate obtained above is exposed to actinic radiation using a contact aligner or a stepper through a mask, or a light beam, an electron beam or an ion. Irradiate the line directly.
- development can be performed by selecting from methods such as dipping, paddle, and rotary spraying. By developing, the exposed portion can be eluted and removed from the photosensitive resin layer to obtain a relief pattern.
- Developers include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, aqueous ammonia, organic amines such as ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
- An aqueous solution such as a quaternary ammonium salt such as quaternary ammonium salt and an aqueous solution to which an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant is added as required can be used.
- an aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution is preferable, and the concentration of the tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5% by mass.
- a relief pattern is formed.
- the heating device an oven furnace, a hot plate, a vertical furnace, a belt conveyor furnace, a pressure oven, or the like can be used.
- As a heating method heating by hot air, infrared rays, electromagnetic induction, or the like is recommended.
- the temperature is preferably 200 to 450 ° C, more preferably 250 to 400 ° C.
- the heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 8 hours, more preferably 15 minutes to 4 hours.
- the atmosphere is preferably in an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon.
- the present invention also provides a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern of the present invention.
- the present invention also provides a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern of the present invention. To do.
- Examples of semiconductor device applications include those having a cured film provided on top of a semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is a cured relief pattern comprising a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition.
- Examples of the cured film include a passivation film on a semiconductor element, a protective film such as a buffer coat film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on the passivation film, and a circuit formed on the semiconductor element.
- Examples thereof include an insulating film such as an interlayer insulating film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition, an ⁇ -ray blocking film, a planarizing film, a protrusion (resin post), a partition wall, and the like.
- an insulating film such as an interlayer insulating film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition, an ⁇ -ray blocking film, a planarizing film, a protrusion (resin post), a partition wall, and the like.
- Examples of display device applications include a protective film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on a display element, an insulating film or a planarizing film for TFT elements or color filters, MVA type liquid crystal Examples thereof include protrusions for display devices, partition walls for organic EL element cathodes, and the like.
- the use method is based on forming a cured film of the photosensitive resin composition patterned on the substrate on which the display element or color filter is formed according to the semiconductor device application by the above method.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is also useful for applications such as interlayer insulation for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, liquid crystal alignment films for display devices, and light emitting elements. .
- ⁇ Curing film> Another embodiment of the present invention is a cured film containing a phenol resin and at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polybenzoxazole,
- the cured film has the following conditions: Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2
- a cured film is provided. More specifically, the surface roughness is measured by the method described in the Examples section of the present disclosure or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto.
- the cured film is obtained by applying a photosensitive resin layer composed of a positive photosensitive resin composition to a substrate, and then performing exposure, development, and curing.
- the positive photosensitive resin composition can contain at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent.
- the surface roughness is determined by the compatibility between components in the positive photosensitive resin composition, in particular, the polyimide precursor and / or the polybenzoxazaol precursor, and the phenol resin. It is presumed that it depends on the compatibility. In order to improve the sensitivity at the time of curing of a positive photosensitive resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and / or a polybenzoxazaol precursor and a phenol resin, it is effective to increase the amount of the phenol resin. However, when the amount of phenol resin is increased, the cured film tends to be whitened.
- This whitening is presumed to be caused by low compatibility between the polyimide precursor and / or the polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin.
- the compatibility between the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin is such that the backbone structure (hydroxyl group, ester group, etc.) of the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor, and phenol It is influenced by the skeletal structure (hydroxyl group concentration, hydroxyl group distance, etc.). Therefore, for example, it may be advantageous to use a relatively large amount of a phenol resin having a specific structure.
- examples of the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazaol precursor include those described above as the polymer (a) in the section ⁇ Photosensitive resin composition>.
- examples of the said phenol resin what was mentioned above as a phenol resin (c) by the term of the ⁇ photosensitive resin composition> can be illustrated.
- examples of the said solvent what was mentioned above as an organic solvent by the term of the ⁇ photosensitive resin composition> can be illustrated.
- the surface roughness of the cured film after dry etching treatment under the above conditions is 5.0 nm or less can prevent whitening of the cured film after dry etching treatment and improve the yield of the semiconductor process.
- the lower surface roughness is advantageous, but it may be 0.5 nm or more from the viewpoint of adhesion between the cured film and the mold resin.
- the surface roughness is more preferably 0.5 nm to 4.5 nm, and particularly preferably 0.5 nm to 4.0 nm.
- the positive photosensitive resin composition is based on at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor: 100 parts by mass.
- the phenolic resin preferably contains 20 to 200 parts by mass, and the phenolic resin contains 50 to 150 parts by mass.
- the phenol resin content of 20 parts by mass or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity during curing, and the content of 200 parts by mass or less prevents heat resistance and further prevents whitening of the cured film. It is advantageous from the viewpoint.
- the weight loss change rate (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “weight loss change rate”) is preferably 0.1 to 3.0%. .
- the weight loss change rate when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere is a value calculated according to the following formula.
- Rate of change in weight loss (%) ⁇ maximum weight during heat treatment (g) ⁇ minimum weight during heat treatment (g) ⁇ / weight before heat treatment (g) * 100 More specifically, the weight change rate is measured by a method described in the Examples section of the present disclosure or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto.
- it is composed of a positive photosensitive resin composition containing at least one resin selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent.
- a cured film obtained by applying a photosensitive resin layer to a substrate and then performing exposure, development, and curing, and the weight loss change rate is 0 when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere. Provide a cured film that is 1-3.0%.
- the rate of change in weight reduction is an index of sensitivity when the photosensitive resin layer is cured, and depends on the structure of the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin (particularly, the ester structure).
- the weight loss change rate of the cured film is 3.0% or less when the cured film is formed from the photosensitive resin layer, that is, This means that the sensitivity at the time of curing was good.
- the lower rate of change in weight loss is preferable, but it may be, for example, 0.1% or more.
- the weight loss change rate is more preferably 0.1 to 2.75%, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 2.5%.
- the positive photosensitive resin composition comprises a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor. It is preferable to contain 20 to 200 parts by mass of phenol resin and particularly preferably 50 to 150 parts by mass of phenol resin with respect to 100 parts by mass of at least one resin selected from the group.
- the phenol resin content of 20 parts by mass or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and the content of 200 parts by mass or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film.
- the content of the quinonediazide compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor and a phenol resin, More preferably, it is 5 to 30 parts by mass.
- the content is 1 part by mass or more, the sensitivity is good, and when it is 50 parts by mass or less, the adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film is good.
- the thickness of the cured film of the present disclosure is typically preferably 1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 30 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 3 to 20 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of 1 ⁇ m or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of the function as a protective film and an insulating film, and the thickness of 50 ⁇ m or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of avoiding unnecessary cost increase.
- the GPC apparatus used and the measurement conditions are as follows: Pump: JASCO PU-980 Detector: JASCO RI-930 Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40 ° C Column: Shodex KD-806M Two in series Mobile phase: 0.1 mol / l EtBr / N-methylpyrrolidone Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min.
- a stepper Nekon Corporation NSR2005i8A
- i-line 365 nm
- the film was observed in a dark field at a magnification of 500 times, and the film having a uniform film with no irregularities on the surface was defined as “+2.”
- This whitening after development is caused by phase separation in the film when the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin is poor, and the difference in solubility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin in the alkaline developer is caused by This is a phenomenon that occurs when the film surface is uneven and has irregularities with a period longer than the visible light wavelength range (several hundred nm or more).
- contact marks after development have irregularities with a period of less than or equal to the visible light wavelength range after development (several tens to several hundreds of nm) formed on the surface due to phase separation. This occurs when the film is damaged by breaking the part. When the phase separation period is several tens of nanometers or less, contact marks are not generated even when the film surface after development is touched, and the film is uniform.
- the obtained wafer with a cured film was dry-etched using a high-density plasma apparatus (device name: SWP, manufactured by Shinko Seiki Co., Ltd.).
- the processing conditions are as follows.
- Plasma type Microwave Processing gas: O 2
- Stage temperature 200 ° C
- Treatment time 60 seconds
- surface roughness measurement and whitening evaluation of the surface of the cured film subjected to the dry etching treatment were performed.
- the surface roughness was measured by using an atomic force microscope (AFM) (device name: Nanopics 1000, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) to measure the arithmetic average roughness Ra (unit: nm) for a measurement range of 5 ⁇ m square.
- the cantilever was NPX1CTP004, the measurement conditions were Damping Mode, and the scan speed was 50 sec / FRAME. Table 4 shows the measurement results.
- this wafer with a cured film was diced using a dicing saw (device name: DAD3350, manufactured by Disco) to obtain a chip with a cured film having a size of 8.0 mm ⁇ 8.0 mm ⁇ 0.3 mm.
- a die bond film (product name: DF-375, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was attached to the silicon wafer, and the cured film chip obtained above ⁇ size 8.0 mm ⁇ 8.0 mm ⁇ 0.3 mm (area 64 mm 2) ) ⁇ Is arranged at a pitch of 80 ⁇ m, 4 in the vertical direction and 6 in the horizontal direction, for a total of 24. Crimping was performed (in the order of silicon wafer / die bond film / chip with cured film), followed by baking at 180 ° C. for 1 hour.
- thermocompression bonding and baking are repeatedly performed. Assuming such a case, thermocompression bonding under conditions of a pressure bonding temperature of 240 ° C., a load of 1.96 N and a pressure bonding time of 10 seconds and baking at 180 ° C. for 1 hour were repeated 10 times in total.
- the adhesive strength of the sample consisting of silicon wafer / die bond film / chip with cured film was measured.
- the adhesive strength was measured using a desktop strength tester (product name: universal bond tester series 4000, manufactured by DAGE) under the condition that the sample was heated to 260 ° C.
- a desktop strength tester product name: universal bond tester series 4000, manufactured by DAGE
- 24 samples were measured, and the average value was used for the adhesive strength.
- the adhesive strength was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5. Good: The average value of adhesive strength is greater than 1N.
- Bad The average value of adhesive strength is 1N or less. For samples with an average value of adhesive strength of 1N or less, gas is generated from the cured film during repeated thermocompression bonding and baking. It is estimated that the adhesive strength has decreased.
- the sample for this measurement was produced by the following method.
- the photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated on a 6-inch silicon wafer substrate provided with an aluminum vapor deposition layer on the outermost surface so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 ⁇ m, and 120 ° C.
- pre-baking was performed on a hot plate for 180 seconds to form a coating film.
- the film thickness was measured with a film thickness measuring device (Lambda Ace) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. This coating film was heated at 320 ° C. for 30 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a cured film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
- the obtained cured film was cut to a width of 3 mm with a dicing saw and then peeled from the wafer with a dilute hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to obtain a cured film piece having a thickness of about 10 ⁇ m and a width of 3 mm.
- the measurement conditions were as follows.
- reaction solution After the reaction, the reaction solution is cooled to 12 ° C., an aqueous solution in which 75 g of sodium sulfite is dissolved in 300 mL of ion-exchanged water is added dropwise to the reaction solution, the excess sodium chlorite is deactivated, and then with 500 mL of ethyl acetate. Washed. Thereafter, 115 mL of 10% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise to adjust the pH of the reaction solution to 3 to 4, and the precipitate was collected by decantation. This precipitate was dissolved in 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran.
- the aqueous layer was extracted twice with 500 mL of ethyl acetate and then washed with brine, and the precipitate was dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran solution. These tetrahydrofuran solutions were mixed and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solution concentrated in an evaporator, followed by drying, to obtain a bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] white crystalline product with decane 58.4 g (71.1% yield).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin (P-1) synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 15,700 in terms of polystyrene, indicating that it is a single composition. confirmed.
- GBL66.9G separately GBL142.3g
- a mixture in which 9.49 g (0.12 mol) of pyridine was mixed was dropped from a dropping funnel.
- the time required for the dropping was 25 minutes, and the maximum reaction solution temperature was 40 ° C.
- reaction solution stirred for 1 hour was added to 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) in a 2 L separable flask equipped with a separate Teflon (registered trademark) vertical stirrer.
- -Hexafluoropropane hereinafter also referred to as "6FAP" 65.9 g (0.18 mol), 14.8 g (0.19 mol) of pyridine, 217 g of GBL and 72.5 g of DMAc were mixed and stirred at room temperature to dissolve, and the reaction The container was immersed in an ice bath and dropped into a solution cooled to ⁇ 15 ° C. using a dropping funnel. The reaction system was maintained at ⁇ 15 to 0 ° C. and took 1 hour, and was dropped into the reaction vessel.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 12,700 in terms of polystyrene, confirming that it is a single composition.
- FIG. 1 shows the 13 C-NMR result of the resulting hydroxypolyamide resin (P-2).
- a carbon peak derived from the biphenyl skeleton was observed near 138 ppm and 150 ppm, and a peak derived from an ester group was observed near 174 to 176 ppm.
- the reaction solution was ion-exchanged with 3.0 g of a cation exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst A21) and 3.0 g of an anion exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst 15).
- This solution was dropped into 6 L of ion-exchanged water under high-speed stirring, and the polymer was dispersed and precipitated, recovered, washed with water, dehydrated appropriately, and vacuum-dried.
- Molar ratio n / m 80/10
- a powder of hydroxypolyamide resin (P-3) having the following structure was obtained.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin (P-3) synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 12,800 in terms of polystyrene, indicating that it is a single composition. confirmed.
- FIG. 2 shows the 1 H-NMR result of the obtained phenol resin (N-1).
- reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred.
- the reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
- Molar ratio m3 / m4 50/50
- a phenol resin (N-2) having the following structure was obtained.
- the weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 9,400 in terms of polystyrene.
- reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred.
- the reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
- Molar ratio m5 / m6 60/40
- reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred.
- the reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
- Molar ratio M / N 50/50
- a phenol resin (N-4) having the following structure was obtained.
- the weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 9,200 in terms of polystyrene.
- the obtained mixed solution was heated to 140 ° C. by an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed from the reaction solution.
- the reaction solution was stirred at 140 ° C. for 2 hours.
- the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was separately added thereto and stirred to obtain a reaction diluted solution.
- This reaction diluted solution was dropped into 4 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, and this precipitate was collected, washed with water as appropriate, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried, and composed of phloroglucinol / BMMB.
- a phenol resin (N-5) having the following structure was obtained.
- the weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 15,000 in terms of polystyrene.
- Example 3 10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 10 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in GBL, 33.3 g together with 2.8 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. Thereafter, the mixture was filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
- Type photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
- 10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 20 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in 50 g of GBL together with 4.2 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. The mixture was filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 1.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 2.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 4.
- Example 9 Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 1, the same positive photosensitive resin composition was used. A product was prepared.
- Example 10 Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 2, the positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly used. A product was prepared.
- Example 11 A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly used by using phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 3. A product was prepared.
- Example 12 Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 4, the same positive photosensitive resin composition was used. A product was prepared.
- Example 19 A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 4.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 1.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 2.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 4.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 5.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 6.
- Example 27 A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 7.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 8.
- Example 29 A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 9.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 10.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 11.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 12.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 13.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 14.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 14.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 15.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 16.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 17.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 18.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 19.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 20.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 1.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 2.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 4.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 5.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 6.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 7.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 8.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 8.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 9.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 10.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 11.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 12.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 13.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 14.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 15.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 16.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 17.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 18.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 19.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 20.
- the quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 1.68 g were dissolved in 20 g of GBL, and then filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
- [Comparative Example 3] 10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 5 g of phenol resin EP4000B (trade name, m-cresol / p-cresol ratio 60/40, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.) were measured and produced in Synthesis Example 4.
- the quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 2.1 g together with GBL and 25 g were dissolved and then filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 3.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 4.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 5.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 6.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 7.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 8.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 9.
- a positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 9.
- Examples 61 to 64 A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using the phenol resin N-5 produced in Synthesis Example 12 instead of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4.
- Examples 65 to 68 In place of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4, a phenol resin N-6 (phenol component: bisphenol S, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Konishi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used in the same manner, and a positive photosensitive resin. A composition was prepared. [Examples 69 to 72] A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using phenol resin MEH-7600-4H (trade name, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4.
- phenol resin MEH-7600-4H trade name, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.
- Examples 73 to 92, Comparative Examples 18 to 29 Surface evaluation after dry etching treatment of cured films obtained from the positive photosensitive resin compositions prepared in the above Examples and Comparative Examples (Examples 73 to 82, Comparative Examples 18 to 23), die attach film adhesion Strength evaluation (Examples 83 to 92, Comparative Examples 24 to 29) was performed. The results are shown in Tables 4 and 5.
- Examples 1 to 60 are excellent in sensitivity and development residual film ratio, and show that the surface state after development is good. Further, in Examples 21 to 40, by using a polymer having an ester structure introduced into the polymer skeleton, the remaining film ratio during development is improved as compared with Examples 1 to 20, and the surface condition after development is improved. Indicates that Further, in Examples 41 to 60, by using a polymer having an ester structure introduced in the side chain of the polymer, the remaining film ratio during development is improved as compared with Examples 21 to 40, and the surface condition after development is further improved. Indicates that it is good.
- the positive photosensitive resin composition containing at least 1 sort (s) of resin selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent.
- the cured film obtained by applying the photosensitive resin layer to the substrate, exposing, developing, and curing it has a good surface state after the dry etching treatment and shows good die attach film adhesive strength.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes a surface protective film for a semiconductor device, a display device and a light emitting device, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a device having a bump structure, It can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film of a multilayer circuit, a cover coat of a flexible copper-clad plate, a solder resist film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and the like.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Treatments Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
Description
本発明は、例えば、電子部品の絶縁材料、並びに半導体装置におけるパッシベーション膜、バッファーコート膜及び層間絶縁膜等のレリーフパターンの形成等に用いられる感光性樹脂組成物に関するものである。 The present invention relates to, for example, an insulating material for electronic parts and a photosensitive resin composition used for forming a relief pattern such as a passivation film, a buffer coat film, and an interlayer insulating film in a semiconductor device.
従来から、半導体装置に用いられる表面保護膜、及び層間絶縁膜には、優れた耐熱性、電気特性、機械特性等を併せ持つポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂等が広く用いられている。これらの樹脂は、各種溶剤への溶解性が低いため、一般に前駆体の形態で溶剤へ溶解させた組成物として提供されることが多い。 Conventionally, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, and the like that have excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, mechanical properties, and the like have been widely used for surface protective films and interlayer insulating films used in semiconductor devices. Since these resins have low solubility in various solvents, they are generally often provided as a composition dissolved in a solvent in the form of a precursor.
ところで、近年の環境問題の高まり等から、脱有機溶剤対策が求められており、フォトレジストと同様に、アルカリ性水溶液で現像可能な耐熱性感光性樹脂材料の提案が各種なされている。 By the way, countermeasures for removing organic solvents have been demanded due to the recent increase in environmental problems, and various proposals of heat-resistant photosensitive resin materials that can be developed with an alkaline aqueous solution have been made in the same manner as photoresists.
中でも、加熱硬化後に耐熱性樹脂となるアルカリ性水溶液可溶性のヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂を、ナフトキノンジアジド化合物等の光酸発生剤と混合した感光性樹脂組成物として用いる方法が各種提案されている。 In particular, various methods have been proposed in which an alkaline aqueous solution-soluble hydroxypolyamide resin that becomes a heat-resistant resin after heat curing is used as a photosensitive resin composition in which a photoacid generator such as a naphthoquinonediazide compound is mixed.
この感光性樹脂組成物の現像メカニズムは、未露光部のナフトキノンジアジド化合物(すなわち感光性ジアゾキノン化合物)及びポリベンゾオキサゾール(PBO)前駆体がアルカリ性水溶液への溶解速度が小さいのに対し、露光することにより該感光性ジアゾキノン化合物がインデンカルボン酸化合物に化学変化して露光部のアルカリ性水溶液への溶解速度が大きくなることを利用したものである。この露光部と未露光部の間の現像液に対する溶解速度の差を利用し、未露光部からなるレリーフパターンの作製が可能となる。 The development mechanism of this photosensitive resin composition is that the naphthoquinonediazide compound (that is, the photosensitive diazoquinone compound) and the polybenzoxazole (PBO) precursor in the unexposed area are exposed to light with a low dissolution rate in an alkaline aqueous solution. This makes use of the fact that the photosensitive diazoquinone compound is chemically changed to an indenecarboxylic acid compound to increase the dissolution rate of the exposed portion in the alkaline aqueous solution. By utilizing the difference in the dissolution rate with respect to the developer between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion, a relief pattern composed of the unexposed portion can be produced.
上述の組成物は、露光及びアルカリ性水溶液による現像でポジ型レリーフパターンを形成可能である。さらに加熱により熱硬化膜特性を有するようになる。 The above-described composition can form a positive relief pattern by exposure and development with an alkaline aqueous solution. Further, it has thermosetting film characteristics by heating.
ところで、半導体等の製造工程において、現在では微細加工が進行しており、パターンとパターンの間隔が短くなってきている。そのため現像時の膜減りを大きくした場合、開口した露光部に隣接する未露光部では、未露光部の溶解速度が小さいとはいえ現像時に膜の上部からだけでなく側面からも現像液と接触するため、パターン形状が細くなり過ぎ、半導体装置の製造工程において、半導体パッケージの信頼性を低下させてしまう。 By the way, in the manufacturing process of semiconductors and the like, fine processing is currently in progress, and the interval between patterns is becoming shorter. Therefore, when the film reduction during development is increased, in the unexposed area adjacent to the exposed exposed area, the dissolution rate of the unexposed area is low, but the developer contacts the developer not only from the top but also from the side. Therefore, the pattern shape becomes too thin, and the reliability of the semiconductor package is lowered in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device.
そこで、未露光部をほとんど溶解させずに(この現象を現像残膜率が高いと言い、本開示では現像残膜率95~100%を現像残膜率が高いと定義する)現像することが必要となる。 Therefore, development can be performed with almost no unexposed portion dissolved (this phenomenon is said to have a high development residual film ratio, and in this disclosure, a development residual film ratio of 95 to 100% is defined as a high development residual film ratio). Necessary.
しかしながら、現像残膜率を高くする場合には、露光部の現像に高い露光量が必要となる(これは低感度であると言う)。 However, in the case where the development residual film ratio is increased, a high exposure amount is required for developing the exposed portion (this is said to be low sensitivity).
現像時の高残膜化、高感度化の手法として、耐熱性樹脂前駆体にフェノール樹脂を添加した系が開示されている。具体的には、ポリアミック酸シリルエステルと、ジアゾナフトキノンスルホン酸エステルとフェノールノボラック樹脂を含有する感光性樹脂組成物(特許文献1)や、ヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂と、感光性ジアゾナフトキノン化合物と特定のフェノール樹脂を含む感光性樹脂組成物(特許文献2)、特定の構造のヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂とキノンジアジド化合物とノボラック樹脂及び/又はポリヒドロキシスチレンを含む感光性樹脂組成物(特許文献3)等が挙げられる。 A system in which a phenol resin is added to a heat-resistant resin precursor is disclosed as a technique for increasing the residual film and increasing sensitivity during development. Specifically, a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 1) containing a polyamic acid silyl ester, a diazonaphthoquinone sulfonic acid ester and a phenol novolac resin, a hydroxy polyamide resin, a photosensitive diazonaphthoquinone compound and a specific phenol resin And a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 3) containing a hydroxy polyamide resin having a specific structure, a quinonediazide compound, a novolac resin and / or polyhydroxystyrene.
さらに、フェノール性水酸基を有するポリアミド樹脂にフェノール樹脂、感光性ジアゾキノン化合物、多官能メチロール化合物、溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物(特許文献4)が提案されている。 Furthermore, a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 4) is proposed in which a polyamide resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group contains a phenol resin, a photosensitive diazoquinone compound, a polyfunctional methylol compound, and a solvent.
また、ポリマー主骨格内にエステル又はチオエステル構造を少なくとも一つ有するヒドロキシポリアミドを用いた感光性樹脂組成物(特許文献5)が、高残膜化、高感度化の手法として記載されている。 Also, a photosensitive resin composition (Patent Document 5) using a hydroxypolyamide having at least one ester or thioester structure in the polymer main skeleton is described as a technique for increasing the residual film and increasing the sensitivity.
しかしながら、特許文献1~5に記載のフェノール樹脂では、樹脂組成物をコートした後の膜表面は均一であるものの、ヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂との相溶性が低いために、現像後の膜表面が白化する現象や表面荒れが発生してしまうという課題があった。
したがって、本発明の課題は、現像残膜率が高く高感度であり、現像後の表面が均一な感光性樹脂組成物を提供することである。
However, in the phenol resins described in Patent Documents 1 to 5, although the film surface after coating the resin composition is uniform, the film surface after development is whitened due to low compatibility with the hydroxypolyamide resin. There was a problem that phenomena and surface roughness occurred.
Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition having a high development residual film ratio and high sensitivity, and a uniform surface after development.
本発明者は、上記した従来技術の問題に鑑みて、鋭意検討し実験を重ねた結果、ヒドロキシポリアミド誘導体と特定の構造のフェノール樹脂とを組合せて用いることにより上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を為すに至った。すなわち、本発明は以下の通りである。 As a result of intensive studies and repeated experiments in view of the above-described problems of the prior art, the present inventor has found that the above problems can be solved by using a combination of a hydroxypolyamide derivative and a phenol resin having a specific structure. Invented the invention. That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1]
(a)下記一般式(1):
で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーと、
(b)キノンジアジド化合物と、
(c)フェノール樹脂と、を含有し、
該(c)フェノール樹脂が、下記一般式(2),(3),及び(4)、並びに一般式群(5):
から成る群から選ばれる2価の有機基である。}
から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つで表される構造を有する、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[2]
前記フェノール樹脂が、下記一般式(4’)
で表される構造を有する、上記[1]に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[3]
前記フェノール樹脂が、前記一般式群(5)から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つで表される構造であって前記Yが下記一般式(5’’):
で表される構造を有する、上記[1]に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[4]
前記一般式(1)のR1若しくはR2又はこれらの両者がエステル結合を有する構造である、上記[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[5]
前記一般式(1)のR1又はR2が、下記一般式(6):
で表される構造を有する、上記[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[6]
前記一般式(1)のR3又はR4が、下記一般式(7):
で表される構造を有する、上記[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。
[7]
(A)上記[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物で構成される感光性樹脂層を基板上に形成する工程、
(B)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程、
(C)現像液により露光部を除去して、レリーフパターンを得る工程、及び
(D)該レリーフパターンを加熱する工程、
[8]
上記[7]に記載の方法により製造された、硬化レリーフパターン。
[9]
半導体素子と、該半導体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜は、上記[8]に記載の硬化レリーフパターンである、半導体装置。
[10]
表示体素子と、該表示体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える表示体装置であって、該硬化膜は、上記[8]に記載の硬化レリーフパターンである、表示体装置。
[11]
ポリイミド及びポリベンゾオキサゾールから成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂とフェノール樹脂とを含有する硬化膜であって、
該硬化膜が、下記条件下、
プラズマ種:マイクロ波
処理ガス:O2
処理時間:60秒
のドライエッチング処理後に原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)を用いて測定したときに、算術平均表面粗さ:0.5~5.0nmを有する、硬化膜。
[12]
空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理したときの重量減少変化率が0.1~3.0%である、上記[11]に記載の硬化膜。
[13]
前記ポリイミド及びポリベンゾオキサゾールから成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂:100質量部に対し、前記フェノール樹脂:20~200質量部を含有する、上記[11]又は[12]に記載の硬化膜。
[1]
(A) The following general formula (1):
A polymer whose main component is a structural unit represented by:
(B) a quinonediazide compound;
(C) a phenol resin,
The (c) phenolic resin has the following general formulas (2), (3), and (4), and general formula group (5):
A divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of }
A positive photosensitive resin composition having a structure represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of:
[2]
The phenol resin is represented by the following general formula (4 ′)
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to the above [1], which has a structure represented by:
[3]
The phenol resin is a structure represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the general formula group (5), and the Y is represented by the following general formula (5 ″):
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to the above [1], which has a structure represented by:
[4]
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein R 1 or R 2 of the general formula (1) or both of them has a structure having an ester bond.
[5]
R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (6):
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [4], which has a structure represented by:
[6]
R 3 or R 4 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (7):
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above [1] to [5], which has a structure represented by:
[7]
(A) forming a photosensitive resin layer composed of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6] above on a substrate;
(B) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(C) removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern; and (D) heating the relief pattern.
[8]
A cured relief pattern produced by the method according to [7] above.
[9]
A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to the above [8].
[10]
A display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to the above [8].
[11]
A cured film containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polybenzoxazole and a phenol resin,
The cured film has the following conditions:
Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2
Treatment time: A cured film having an arithmetic average surface roughness of 0.5 to 5.0 nm as measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) after a dry etching treatment of 60 seconds.
[12]
The cured film as described in [11] above, which has a weight loss change rate of 0.1 to 3.0% when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere.
[13]
The curing according to [11] or [12] above, wherein the phenol resin: 20 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of the polyimide and polybenzoxazole film.
本発明により、現像残膜率が高く高感度であり、現像後の白化が防止でき表面が均一な感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive resin composition having a high development residual film ratio and high sensitivity, which can prevent whitening after development and has a uniform surface.
以下、本発明を実施するための例示の形態(以下、「実施の形態」と略記する。)について詳細に説明する。尚、本発明は、以下の実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨の範囲内で種々変形して実施することができる。 Hereinafter, exemplary modes for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter abbreviated as “embodiments”) will be described in detail. In addition, this invention is not limited to the following embodiment, It can implement by changing variously within the range of the summary.
<感光性樹脂組成物>
本実施の形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、(a)一般式(1):
で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(以下、ポリマー(a)ともいう)と、(b)キノンジアジド化合物(以下、キノンジアジド化合物(b)ともいう)と、(c)フェノール樹脂(以下、フェノール樹脂(c)ともいう)とを含有する。ここで主成分とは、50質量%超を意味する。以下これらの構造及びその他の成分について詳細に説明する。なお、本明細書では、特に明記しない限り、一般式において同一符号で表されている構造は、分子中に複数存在する場合に、互いに同一であるか、又は異なっていてもよい。また2種以上の繰り返し単位が示される場合の繰り返し配列は特記がない限り限定されず、ランダム、ブロック及び交互のいずれでもよい。
<Photosensitive resin composition>
In the present embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition has (a) general formula (1):
(B) a quinonediazide compound (hereinafter also referred to as a quinonediazide compound (b)), (c) a phenol resin (hereinafter referred to as a polymer). Phenol resin (also referred to as (c)). Here, the main component means more than 50% by mass. Hereinafter, these structures and other components will be described in detail. In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, when a plurality of structures represented by the same symbol in the general formula are present in a molecule, they may be the same as or different from each other. Further, the repeating arrangement in the case where two or more kinds of repeating units are shown is not limited unless otherwise specified, and may be any of random, block and alternating.
本発明におけるポリマー(a)は、一般式(1)における繰り返し数nの構造単位(本開示で、一般式(1)で表される構造単位ともいう)を主成分とするポリマーであり、加熱あるいは適当な触媒により、イミド環、オキサゾール環等を有するポリマーとなり得るものである。ポリマー(a)としては、好ましくは、ポリイミド前駆体のポリアミド酸、ポリアミド酸エステル、及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体のポリヒドロキシアミドが挙げられる。ポリマー(a)が環構造を有するポリマーとなることで、耐熱性及び耐溶剤性が飛躍的に向上する。ポリマー(a)中、一般式(1)で表される構造単位は1種でも2種以上でもよい。また2種以上の構造単位が存在する場合、構造単位の配列はブロックでもランダムでもよく、繰り返し数nは、該2種以上の構造単位の合計繰り返し数である。 The polymer (a) in the present invention is a polymer mainly composed of a structural unit having a repeating number n in the general formula (1) (also referred to as a structural unit represented by the general formula (1) in the present disclosure). Or it can become a polymer which has an imide ring, an oxazole ring, etc. with a suitable catalyst. The polymer (a) preferably includes a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester of a polyimide precursor, and a polyhydroxyamide of a polybenzoxazole precursor. When the polymer (a) becomes a polymer having a ring structure, heat resistance and solvent resistance are dramatically improved. In the polymer (a), the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types of structural units are present, the arrangement of the structural units may be a block or random, and the repeat number n is the total number of repeats of the two or more types of structural units.
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーは、ジカルボン酸、トリカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸及びその誘導体とビス(アミノフェノール)とから製造され、アミド結合のオルト位にフェノール基を有するポリベンゾオキサゾール(以下PBOとも言う)前駆体であるポリアミド構造を有するか、又はジカルボン酸、トリカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸及びその誘導体とジアミノフェノールとから製造され、フェノール基を有するポリアミド構造を有することが好ましい。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is produced from dicarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid and derivatives thereof and bis (aminophenol), and has a phenol group at the ortho position of the amide bond. A polybenzoxazole (hereinafter also referred to as PBO) precursor having a polyamide structure, or a polyamide structure having a phenol group produced from dicarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid and derivatives thereof and diaminophenol It is preferable.
一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えばR1(OR3)d(COOR5)f(COOH)2の構造を有するジカルボン酸と、R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンとを重縮合させることにより得ることができる。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) includes, for example, a dicarboxylic acid having a structure of R 1 (OR 3 ) d (COOR 5 ) f (COOH) 2 and R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e. (COOR 6 ) It can be obtained by polycondensation with a diamine having a g structure.
一般式(1)中、nは正の整数であれば限定されないが、現像性の観点から1~1000の範囲が好ましく、3~50の範囲がより好ましく、3~30の範囲であることが最も好ましい。 In the general formula (1), n is not limited as long as it is a positive integer, but is preferably in the range of 1 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 3 to 50, and in the range of 3 to 30 from the viewpoint of developability. Most preferred.
R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンについて説明する。
例えばR4が水素原子であり、eが2である、ビスアミノフェノール化合物としては、例えば、3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンジジン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、ビス-(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス-(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス-(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス-(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス-(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン、2,2-ビス-(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノ-2,5-ジヒドロキシベンゼン、1,3-ジアミノ-2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン、及び1,3-ジアミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシベンゼン、並びに、R2が下記式群:
For example, as the bisaminophenol compound in which R 4 is a hydrogen atom and e is 2, for example, 3,3′-dihydroxybenzidine, 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4 '-Diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, bis- (3-amino -4-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis- (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2- Bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) methane, 2,2- Su- (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4′-diamino -3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, And 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, and R 2 is represented by the following formula group:
これらのビスアミノフェノール化合物のうち、アルカリ現像液に対する溶解性及び耐熱性の観点から特に好ましいものは、R2が上記式群から選ばれる4価の有機基である化合物である。 Among these bisaminophenol compounds, those particularly preferable from the viewpoints of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance are compounds in which R 2 is a tetravalent organic group selected from the above formula group.
ビス(アミノフェノール)(例えば、R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造におけるR2が上記式群から選ばれるもの)においては、ベンゼン環同士を結合している結合に対して、メタ位がアミノ基、パラ位がヒドロキシル基、又はメタ位がヒドロキシル基、パラ位がアミノ基のいずれでも構わないが、溶剤への溶解性の観点からは、メタ位がアミノ基、パラ位がヒドロキシル基の方が好ましい。 Bis (aminophenol) (e.g., R 2 (NH 2) 2 (OR 4) e (COOR 6) that R 2 in g structures selected from the above expression group) in the bond joining the benzene rings On the other hand, the meta position may be an amino group, the para position may be a hydroxyl group, the meta position may be a hydroxyl group, and the para position may be an amino group. In addition, a hydroxyl group is preferable at the para position.
また、R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンとして、下記構造:
で表される分子内に2組の互いにオルト位にあるアミド結合とフェノール性水酸基とを有するジアミン(以下、「分子内にPBO前駆体構造を有するジアミン」という。)を使用することもできる。
In addition, as the diamine having the R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure, the following structure:
It is also possible to use two pairs of diamines having an amide bond in the ortho position and a phenolic hydroxyl group (hereinafter referred to as “diamine having a PBO precursor structure in the molecule”).
X3は炭素原子数2~60の4価の有機基であれば限定されないが、アルカリ現像液に対する溶解性及び耐熱性の観点から、前述したR2で表される好ましい有機基として例示された構造であることが好ましい。 X 3 is not limited as long as it is a tetravalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, but is exemplified as a preferred organic group represented by R 2 described above from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance. A structure is preferred.
分子内にPBO前駆体構造を有するジアミンの好ましい構造としては、より具体的には、下記構造が挙げられる。
上記構造で表される化合物の製造方法としては、上述したビスアミノフェノールに2分子のニトロ安息香酸を反応させ、続いてニトロ基をアミノ基に還元する方法を例示できる。 As a method for producing the compound represented by the above structure, there can be exemplified a method in which two molecules of nitrobenzoic acid are reacted with the above-described bisaminophenol and then the nitro group is reduced to an amino group.
また、R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンとしては、下記構造:
を有する化合物を使用することができる。
As the diamine having a R 2 (NH 2) 2 ( OR 4) e (COOR 6) g structure, the following structure:
Can be used.
上記構造におけるY3は炭素数2~60の2価の有機基であれば限定されないが、アルカリ現像液に対する溶解性及び耐熱性の観点から、R1で表される有機基の例として後述で列挙される少なくとも1つの有機基であることが好ましい。 Y 3 in the above structure is not limited as long as it is a divalent organic group having 2 to 60 carbon atoms, but from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer and heat resistance, examples of the organic group represented by R 1 will be described later. Preferably at least one of the listed organic groups.
このような化合物の好ましい例としては、具体的には下記構造が挙げられる。
上記化合物は、例えば、ジカルボン酸ジクロリド化合物に2分子のニトロアミノフェノールを反応させ、ニトロ基をアミノ基に還元することによって得ることができる。 The above compound can be obtained, for example, by reacting a dicarboxylic acid dichloride compound with two molecules of nitroaminophenol and reducing the nitro group to an amino group.
また、R2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンとして、分子内に2組のポリイミド前駆体構造を持つ化合物(以下、「分子内にPI前駆体構造を有するビスアミノフェノール」という。)を使用することもできる。このような化合物の例としては、下記構造:
を有する化合物が挙げられる。
In addition, as a diamine having an R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure, a compound having two polyimide precursor structures in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as “PI precursor structure in the molecule”). Can also be used. Examples of such compounds include the following structures:
The compound which has is mentioned.
このような化合物のより具体的な例としては、下記構造が挙げられる。
分子内にPI前駆体構造を有するビスアミノフェノールの製造方法としては、例えば、テトラカルボン酸二無水物にモノアルコール、又はモノアミン等で開環したジカルボン酸と、互いにオルトの位置にヒドロキシル基とニトロ基とを有するアニリンを2分子縮合させた後、ニトロ基を還元する方法を例示できる。 As a method for producing a bisaminophenol having a PI precursor structure in the molecule, for example, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a dicarboxylic acid ring-opened with a monoalcohol or a monoamine, a hydroxyl group and a nitro An example is a method in which two molecules of aniline having a group are condensed and then the nitro group is reduced.
次に、原料のR2(NH2)2(OR4)e(COOR6)g構造を有するジアミンとして、eとgとが共に0であるジアミンについて説明する。このようなジアミンは、アルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の調整の場合に有利である。これらのジアミン化合物としては、芳香族ジアミン等が挙げられる。芳香族ジアミンは耐熱性の観点から有利である。 Next, as a diamine having a raw material R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OR 4 ) e (COOR 6 ) g structure, a diamine in which both e and g are 0 will be described. Such a diamine is advantageous in the case of adjusting the solubility in an alkali developer. Examples of these diamine compounds include aromatic diamines. Aromatic diamines are advantageous from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
芳香族ジアミンとしては、例えば、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-トリレンジアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルケトン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルケトン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルケトン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4-メチル-2,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-1-ペンテン、4-メチル-2,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-2-ペンテン、1,4-ビス(α,α-ジメチル-4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン、イミノ-ジ-p-フェニレンジアミン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,6-ジアミノナフタレン、4-メチル-2,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ペンタン、5(又は6)-アミノ-1-(4-アミノフェニル)-1,3,3-トリメチルインダン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)ホスフィンオキシド、4,4’-ジアミノアゾベンゼン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル尿素、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス[4-(α,α-ジメチル-4-アミノベンジル)フェノキシ]ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス[4-(α,α―ジメチル-4-アミノベンジル)フェノキシ]ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、フェニルインダンジアミン、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、o-トルイジンスルホン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシフェニル)プロパン、ビス(4-アミノフェノキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノフェノキシフェニル)スルフィド、1,4-(4-アミノフェノキシフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-(4-アミノフェノキシフェニル)ベンゼン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジ-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、及び4,4’-ジアミノベンズアニリド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic diamine include m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-tolylenediamine, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 2,2'-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane 2,2'-bis (4-aminophen Nyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4-methyl-2 , 4-bis (4-aminophenyl) -1-pentene, 4-methyl-2,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) -2-pentene, 1,4-bis (α, α-dimethyl-4-amino) Benzyl) benzene, imino-di-p-phenylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-diaminonaphthalene, 4-methyl-2,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) pentane, 5 (or 6)- Amino-1- (4-aminophenyl) -1,3,3-trimethylindane, bis (p-aminophenyl) phosphine oxide, 4,4′-diaminoazobenzene, 4, '-Diaminodiphenylurea, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino) Phenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 4,4′-bis [4- (Α, α-dimethyl-4-aminobenzyl) phenoxy] benzophenone, 4,4′-bis [4- (α, α-dimethyl-4-aminobenzyl) phenoxy] diphenyl sulfone, 4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, phenylindanediamine, 3,3′-dimethoxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3, 3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, o-toluidine sulfone, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) propane, bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) Sulfide, 1,4- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) benzene, 1,3- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl) benzene, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4′-di- (3 -Aminophenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminobenzanilide and the like.
また、上記芳香族ジアミンの芳香核の水素原子が、塩素原子、フッ素原子、臭素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、シアノ基、フェニル基等によって置換されていても良い。 In addition, the hydrogen atom of the aromatic nucleus of the aromatic diamine may be substituted with a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, or the like.
ジアミンの一部又は全部として、シリコンジアミンを選択することもできる。シリコンジアミンの例としては、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ジメチルシラン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラメチルシロキサン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(γ-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、1,4-ビス(γ-アミノプロピルジメチルシリル)ベンゼン、ビス(4-アミノブチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(γ-アミノプロピル)テトラフェニルジシロキサン等が挙げられる。 Silicon diamine can also be selected as part or all of the diamine. Examples of silicon diamines include bis (4-aminophenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethylsiloxane, bis (4-aminophenyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (γ-aminopropyl) tetramethyldi Examples thereof include siloxane, 1,4-bis (γ-aminopropyldimethylsilyl) benzene, bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (γ-aminopropyl) tetraphenyldisiloxane, and the like.
次に、R1(OR3)d(COOR5)f(COOH)2の構造を有するジカルボン酸について説明する。 Next, a dicarboxylic acid having a structure of R 1 (OR 3 ) d (COOR 5 ) f (COOH) 2 will be described.
R1(OR3)d(COOR5)f(COOH)2においては、d=f=0であってもよい。このようなジカルボン酸はアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の調整の場合に有利である。d=f=0である場合のR1としては、下記構造が挙げられる。
上記のうち、トリシクロデカン骨格を有するジカルボン酸として代表的な化合物としては、ビス(カルボキシ)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンが挙げられる。該化合物の製造例としては、国際公開第2009/081950号パンフレットの合成例を例示できる。 Among the above, a typical compound as a dicarboxylic acid having a tricyclodecane skeleton includes bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,02,6] decane. As a production example of the compound, a synthesis example of International Publication No. 2009/081950 pamphlet can be exemplified.
さらには、R1(OR3)d(COOR5)f(COOH)2においてd=0、かつf=2である場合のジカルボン酸として、テトラカルボン酸二無水物をモノアルコール、又はモノアミン等で開環したジカルボン酸を使用することもできる。ここでモノアルコールの例としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、t-ブタノール、ベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。モノアミンの例としては、ブチルアミン、アニリン等が挙げられる。上記のテトラカルボン酸二無水物の例としては、下記の化学式で表される化合物が挙げられる。
又は別法としてテトラカルボン酸二無水物とビスアミノフェノール若しくはジアミンを反応させて、生成するカルボン酸残基を、モノアルコール又はモノアミンにより、エステル化又はアミド化することもできる。 Alternatively, tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be reacted with bisaminophenol or diamine, and the resulting carboxylic acid residue can be esterified or amidated with a monoalcohol or monoamine.
また、R1(OR3)d(COOR5)f(COOH)2において、R3が水素で、d=1又は2、かつf=2の場合のジカルボン酸として、分子内に2組の互いにオルト位にあるアミド結合とフェノール性水酸基とを有するジカルボン酸を使用することもできる。そのようなジカルボン酸として例えば下記式で表される化合物を例示できる。
上記式で表される化合物の製造方法としては、例えば、上記のR2(NH2)2(OH)2の構造を有するビス(アミノフェノール)又はR2(NH2)2(OH)の構造を有するジアミノフェノールに2分子のトリメリット酸クロリドを反応させて、更に酸無水物とアルコールとを反応させる方法を例示できる。 Examples of the method for producing the compound represented by the above formula include the structure of bis (aminophenol) or R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) having the structure of R 2 (NH 2 ) 2 (OH) 2 described above. An example is a method in which two molecules of trimellitic acid chloride are reacted with diaminophenol having an acid, and an acid anhydride and an alcohol are further reacted.
ポリヒドロキシアミドを合成するための前記ジカルボン酸とビスアミノフェノール化合物(ジアミン)との重縮合の方法としては、ジカルボン酸と塩化チオニルとを使用してジ酸クロライドを得たのち、これにビスアミノフェノール(ジアミン)を作用させる方法、又はジカルボン酸とビスアミノフェノール(ジアミン)とをジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミドにより重縮合させる方法等が挙げられる。ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミドを使用する方法においては同時にヒドロキシベンズトリアゾールを作用させることもできる。 As a method of polycondensation of the dicarboxylic acid and bisaminophenol compound (diamine) for synthesizing polyhydroxyamide, diacid chloride is obtained using dicarboxylic acid and thionyl chloride, and then bisamino Examples thereof include a method in which phenol (diamine) is allowed to act or a method in which dicarboxylic acid and bisaminophenol (diamine) are polycondensed with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. In the method using dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, hydroxybenztriazole can be allowed to act simultaneously.
本実施の形態では、一般式(1)におけるR1及び/又はR2がエステル結合を有する構造であることが好ましい。本実施の形態に係る一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーのR1及び/又はR2がエステル構造を有することで、後述するフェノール樹脂(c)との相溶性が良く、現像後の表面状態が特に良好になるという特異的な効果を奏する。この理由は定かではないが、本発明者は以下のような理由を推定している。一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーはアミド結合を有しており、アミドの極性からアミド-アミド間の結合が強く、ポリマー間で会合しやすく、フェノール樹脂とは相溶性が高くなりにくい。それに対し、エステルとフェノール樹脂とは極性が近く、また、相対的にアミド結合割合が減少し、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との間の相溶性が高くなる。 In the present embodiment, R 1 and / or R 2 in the general formula (1) preferably has a structure having an ester bond. The polymer R 1 and / or R 2 of the polymer mainly composed of the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) according to the present embodiment has an ester structure, so that it is compatible with the phenol resin (c) described later. And has a specific effect that the surface condition after development is particularly good. The reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason. The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component has an amide bond, and the bond between the amide and the amide is strong due to the polarity of the amide, and it is easy to associate between the polymers. Compatibility is difficult to increase. On the other hand, the ester and the phenol resin are close in polarity, and the amide bond ratio is relatively reduced, so that the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin (c) is increased.
上記エステル構造の態様としては、後述の一般式(6)で表される構造、及び、下記構造:
が挙げられる。
As an aspect of the ester structure, a structure represented by the following general formula (6) and the following structure:
Is mentioned.
リソグラフィー上の観点から、一般式(1)中におけるR1又はR2が下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有することがさらに好ましい。
上記一般式(6)で表される構造は、例えば、(α)一般式(6)中のR18の構造を有するヒドロキシル基含有化合物と、(β)一般式(6)中のR19及びR20の構造を有する多価カルボン酸及びその誘導体からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種のカルボン酸化合物とを反応させて得ることができる。 The structure represented by the general formula (6) includes, for example, (α) a hydroxyl group-containing compound having the structure of R 18 in the general formula (6), (β) R 19 in the general formula (6), and It can be obtained by reacting at least one carboxylic acid compound selected from the group consisting of polyvalent carboxylic acids having the structure of R 20 and derivatives thereof.
以下、(α)R18の構造を有するヒドロキシル基含有化合物について説明する。 Hereinafter, the hydroxyl group-containing compound having the structure (α) R 18 will be described.
R18は、2価のフェノール化合物又はアルコール化合物に由来する残基である。R18の構造を有するヒドロキシル基含有化合物としては、フェノール化合物及びアルコール化合物を挙げることができる。2価のフェノール化合物の具体例としては、ヒドロキノン、レゾルシノール、4,4’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、2,2’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルメタン、4,4’-メチレンビス(2-メチルフェノール)、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジメチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-エチルフェノール)、4,4’-エチリデンビスフェノール、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルプロパン、TM124(デグサジャパン:商品名)、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン、4,4’-(1,3-ジメチルブチリデン)ジフェノール、4,4’-(2-エチルヘキシリデン)ジフェノール、ヘキセストロール、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-イソプロピルフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス[2-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-プロピル]ベンゼン、2,2-ビス(3-シクロヘキシル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)シクロヘキサン、4,4’-ブチリデンビス(6-tert-ブチル-m-クレゾール)、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)シクロヘキサン、4,4’-(α-メチルベンジリデン)ビスフェノール、1,3-ビス[2-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-プロピル]ベンゼン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシテトラフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、1,3-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルフィド、ジフェノール酸等が挙げられる。 R 18 is a residue derived from a divalent phenol compound or an alcohol compound. Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing compound having the structure of R 18 include a phenol compound and an alcohol compound. Specific examples of the divalent phenol compound include hydroquinone, resorcinol, 4,4′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 2,2′-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenylmethane, 4,4′-methylenebis (2-methylphenol). ), 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-dimethylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol), 4,4'-ethylidenebisphenol, 4,4'-dihydroxy Diphenylpropane, TM124 (Degussa Japan: trade name), 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane, 4,4 '-(1,3-dimethylbutylidene) diphenol, 4,4'-(2- Ethylhexylidene) diphenol, hexestrol, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylpheny) ) Propane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxy-3-isopropylphenyl) propane, 1,3-bis [2- (4 -Hydroxyphenyl) -2-propyl] benzene, 2,2-bis (3-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) cyclohexane, 4,4'- Butylidenebis (6-tert-butyl-m-cresol), 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) cyclohexane, 4,4 ′-(α-methylbenzylidene) bisphenol, 1,3-bis [2- (4- Hydroxyphenyl) -2-propyl] benzene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 4,4′-dihydroxytetra Phenylmethane, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylhexafluoropropane, 4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,3-bis (4-hydroxyphenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfone Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, diphenolic acid and the like.
また、フェノール化合物として、官能基を含有するフェノール化合物を用いることもできる。その官能基の例としては、アミド基、イミド基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、エーテル基等が挙げられる。 Also, a phenol compound containing a functional group can be used as the phenol compound. Examples of the functional group include an amide group, an imide group, a urea group, a urethane group, and an ether group.
2価のアルコール化合物の具体例としては、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,7-ヘプタンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-ドデカンジオール、1,2-ペンタンジオール、1,2-ヘキサンジオール、1,2-ヘプタンジオール、1,2-オクタンジオール、1,2-ノナンジオール、1,2-デカンジオール、1,2-ドデカンジオール、2,5-ヘキサンジオール、cis-2ブテン-1,4-ジオール、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2,4-ジエチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ヘキサジエン-3,4-ジオール、2,5-ジメチル-3-ヘキシン-2,5-ジオール、2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオール、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-1,3-シクロブタンジオール、1,2-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,3-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、trans-p-メンタン-3,8-ジオール、2,4-ジメトキシベンジルアルコール、ブチロイン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the divalent alcohol compound include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, and 1,8-octane. Diol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,2-heptanediol, 1,2-octanediol 1,2-nonanediol, 1,2-decanediol, 1,2-dodecanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, cis-2 butene-1,4-diol, 2,2-diethyl-1,3- Propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol 1,5-hexadiene-3,4-diol, 2,5-dimethyl-3-hexyne-2,5-diol, 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol, , 2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, trans-p- Menthane-3,8-diol, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol, butyroin and the like can be mentioned.
アルコール化合物としては、上記フェノール化合物と同様に、官能基を含有するアルコール化合物を用いることもできる。その官能基の例としては、アミド基、イミド基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、エーテル基等が挙げられる。 As the alcohol compound, an alcohol compound containing a functional group can be used in the same manner as the phenol compound. Examples of the functional group include an amide group, an imide group, a urea group, a urethane group, and an ether group.
次に、(β)R19及びR20の構造を有する多価カルボン酸及びその誘導体からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種のカルボン酸化合物について説明する。 Next, (β) at least one carboxylic acid compound selected from the group consisting of polyvalent carboxylic acids having a structure of R 19 and R 20 and derivatives thereof will be described.
R19及びR20の構造を有する多価カルボン酸は、2価のカルボン酸であることができ、具体的には、前述のd=f=0である場合のR1の例として列挙した構造と同じ構造の残基を有するカルボン酸を用いることができる。 The polyvalent carboxylic acid having the structure of R 19 and R 20 can be a divalent carboxylic acid, specifically, the structures listed as examples of R 1 when d = f = 0 described above. A carboxylic acid having a residue having the same structure as can be used.
上記一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーにおいて、R1及び/又はR2がエステル結合を有する場合、より好ましくはR1又はR2が上記一般式(6)で表される構造を有する場合、i線透過性の観点からも有利である。 In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component, when R 1 and / or R 2 has an ester bond, more preferably R 1 or R 2 is the general formula (6). When it has the structure represented, it is advantageous also from a viewpoint of i-line permeability.
一般式(6)においては、特にi線透過性及び高感度化の観点から、R18、R19及びR20のうち少なくとも1つは、脂環式構造又は脂肪族構造を有する。なお本開示で、「脂肪族」とは、特記がない限り鎖状脂肪族を意味する。特に、一般式(6)中のR18が、芳香族であり、かつ、R19及びR20が、両者とも脂環式構造又は脂肪族構造である(すなわちR19及びR20が芳香族構造を有さない)ことが好ましい。この場合、更なるi線透過性及び高感度化の観点から有利である。 In the general formula (6), at least one of R 18 , R 19, and R 20 has an alicyclic structure or an aliphatic structure, particularly from the viewpoint of i-line permeability and high sensitivity. In the present disclosure, “aliphatic” means chain aliphatic unless otherwise specified. In particular, R 18 in the general formula (6) is aromatic, and R 19 and R 20 are both alicyclic structures or aliphatic structures (that is, R 19 and R 20 are aromatic structures). Is preferred). In this case, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of further i-line transmittance and higher sensitivity.
溶剤への溶解性の観点から、R18の炭素原子数は2~30であることが好ましく、そしてR19及びR20の炭素原子数はそれぞれ2~15であることが好ましい。R18、R19及びR20は、炭化水素基、エーテル基、アミド基、イミド基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、スルホニル基、及び含フッ素基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含むことが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, R 18 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 19 and R 20 each preferably have 2 to 15 carbon atoms. R 18 , R 19, and R 20 include at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon groups, ether groups, amide groups, imide groups, urea groups, urethane groups, sulfonyl groups, and fluorine-containing groups. Is preferred.
更なるi線透過性及びリソグラフィー性能向上の観点からは、一般式(6)中のR18は、下記一般式(8)で表される構造から選択されることがより好ましく、R19及びR20は、それぞれ下記一般式(9)で表される構造から選択されることがより好ましい。
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー中の一般式(6)で表されるエステル基含有構造の割合は、アルカリ現像液への溶解性及び得られる樹脂膜の機械物性が良好である点で、5~80mol%であることが好ましい。 The proportion of the ester group-containing structure represented by the general formula (6) in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is determined by the solubility in an alkali developer and the resulting resin film machine. From the viewpoint of good physical properties, it is preferably 5 to 80 mol%.
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー中のR3及び/又はR4は、下記一般式(7):
で表される構造を有することが好ましい。
R 3 and / or R 4 in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is represented by the following general formula (7):
It preferably has a structure represented by
R21の構造は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の、脂肪族、脂環式又は芳香族の炭化水素基であり、これらの水素原子が、塩素原子、フッ素原子、臭素原子、メトキシ基、シアノ基、及びフェニル基から選択される1種以上によって置換されていても良い。硬化時の収縮を抑える観点から、R21の炭素数は1~19であり、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~6であることが更に好ましく、R21としては、より具体的にはメチル基、エチル基、及びフェニル基が挙げられる。 The structure of R 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and these hydrogen atoms are chlorine atoms, It may be substituted with one or more selected from a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a methoxy group, a cyano group, and a phenyl group. From the viewpoint of suppressing the shrinkage during curing, the carbon number of R 21 is 1 to 19, more preferably 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, as the R 21, more specifically Includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a phenyl group.
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー中のR3及びR4の数のうち、一般式(7)で表される基の数の割合は、アルカリ現像液への溶解性が良好である点で、0.1~10mol%であることが好ましい。 Of the number of R 3 and R 4 in the polymer whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1), the ratio of the number of groups represented by the general formula (7) From the viewpoint of good solubility, the content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol%.
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーのR3及び/又はR4として、一般式(7)で表される基を導入することは、ポリマー(a)と、後述するフェノール樹脂(c)との相溶性が特に良好になり、現像後の表面状態が特に良好になるという特異的な効果を奏する。この理由は定かではないが、本発明者は以下のような理由を推定している。一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーはアミド結合を有しており、アミドの極性からアミド-アミド間の結合が強く、ポリマー間で会合しやすく、フェノール樹脂とは相溶性が高くなりにくい。それに対し、一般式(7)の構造によりエステル構造が導入される場合、エステルはフェノール樹脂との極性が近く、また、相対的にアミド結合割合が減少するため、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との間の相溶性が高くなる。 Introducing the group represented by the general formula (7) as R 3 and / or R 4 of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component is the following. The compatibility with the phenol resin (c) is particularly good, and the surface condition after development is particularly good. The reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason. The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component has an amide bond, and the bond between the amide and the amide is strong due to the polarity of the amide, and it is easy to associate between the polymers. Compatibility is difficult to increase. On the other hand, when the ester structure is introduced by the structure of the general formula (7), the ester has a polarity close to that of the phenol resin, and the amide bond ratio is relatively reduced, so that the polymer (a) and the phenol resin ( Compatibility with c) becomes high.
前述の一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)は、その末端基が有機基(以下、「封止基」という)で封止されていてもよい。 The terminal group of the polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) may be sealed with an organic group (hereinafter referred to as “sealing group”).
ヒドロキシポリアミドの重縮合において、ジカルボン酸成分を、ビスアミノフェノール成分とジアミン成分との和に比べて過剰のモル数で使用する場合には、封止基として、アミノ基、又は水酸基を有する化合物を用いるのが好ましい。該化合物の例としては、アニリン、エチニルアニリン、ノルボルネンアミン、ブチルアミン、プロパルギルアミン、エタノール、プロパルギルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、及びヒドロキシエチルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 In the polycondensation of hydroxypolyamide, when the dicarboxylic acid component is used in an excess number of moles compared to the sum of the bisaminophenol component and the diamine component, an amino group or a compound having a hydroxyl group is used as a sealing group. It is preferable to use it. Examples of the compound include aniline, ethynylaniline, norborneneamine, butylamine, propargylamine, ethanol, propargyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and hydroxyethyl acrylate.
逆にビスアミノフェノール成分とジアミン成分との和をジカルボン酸成分に比べて過剰のモル数で使用する場合には、封止基を有する化合物としては、酸無水物、カルボン酸、酸クロリド、イソシアネート基等を有する化合物、等を用いるのが好ましい。該化合物の例としては、ベンゾイルクロリド、ノルボルネンジカルボン酸無水物、ノルボルネンカルボン酸、エチニルフタル酸無水物、グルタル酸無水物、無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物、メチルシクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物、シクロへキセンジカルボン酸無水物、メタクリロイルオキシエチルメタクリレート、フェニルイソシアネート、メシルクロリド、及びトシルクロリド等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, when the sum of the bisaminophenol component and the diamine component is used in an excess number of moles compared to the dicarboxylic acid component, the compound having a blocking group includes an acid anhydride, carboxylic acid, acid chloride, isocyanate. It is preferable to use a compound having a group or the like. Examples of the compound include benzoyl chloride, norbornene dicarboxylic anhydride, norbornene carboxylic acid, ethynyl phthalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride, methylcyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride Products, cyclohexenedicarboxylic anhydride, methacryloyloxyethyl methacrylate, phenyl isocyanate, mesyl chloride, and tosyl chloride.
一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、上記一般式(1)で表される構造単位以外の追加の構造単位を含んでもよい。追加の構造単位の例としては、ポリヒドロキシイミド構造、ポリエステル構造、ヒドロキシル基を含まないポリアミド構造等が挙げられる。ポリマー(a)中、一般式(1)で表される構造単位の割合は、50質量%超であり、現像残膜率が高く、高感度であり、現像後の表面が均一で、硬化レリーフパターンの形状が良好であり、かつフッ素系化合物ガスによるエッチング後に金属の腐食が起こりにくい感光性樹脂組成物を得るという観点から、好ましくは75~100質量%、より好ましくは90~100質量%である。 The polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is an additional structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. May be included. Examples of the additional structural unit include a polyhydroxyimide structure, a polyester structure, and a polyamide structure not containing a hydroxyl group. In the polymer (a), the proportion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is more than 50% by mass, the development residual film ratio is high, the sensitivity is high, the surface after development is uniform, and the cured relief From the viewpoint of obtaining a photosensitive resin composition having a good pattern shape and less likely to corrode metal after etching with a fluorine-based compound gas, it is preferably 75 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass. is there.
上記一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下「GPC」ともいう。)によるポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量は、3,000~70,000であることが好ましく、6,000~50,000であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量は、硬化レリーフパターンの物性の観点から3,000以上が好ましく、一方、解像性の観点から、70,000以下が好ましい。GPCの展開溶媒としては、テトラヒドロフラン(以下「THF」ともいう。)、及びN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(以下「NMP」ともいう。)が推奨される。また分子量は、標準単分散ポリスチレンを用いて作成した検量線から求める。標準単分散ポリスチレンとしては昭和電工社製有機溶媒系標準試料STANDARD SM-105から選ぶことが推奨される。 The weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter also referred to as “GPC”) of the polymer (a) whose main component is the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) is 3,000 to 70, 000 is preferable, and 6,000 to 50,000 is more preferable. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more from the viewpoint of physical properties of the cured relief pattern, and is preferably 70,000 or less from the viewpoint of resolution. As developing solvents for GPC, tetrahydrofuran (hereinafter also referred to as “THF”) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (hereinafter also referred to as “NMP”) are recommended. The molecular weight is determined from a calibration curve prepared using standard monodisperse polystyrene. As the standard monodisperse polystyrene, it is recommended to select from standard organic solvent standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko.
(b)キノンジアジド化合物
キノンジアジド化合物(b)としては、光酸発生剤として作用する種々の化合物を使用できるが、中でもナフトキノンジアジド化合物(NQD化合物)が好ましく、中でも、1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド構造を有する化合物が好ましい。1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド構造を有する化合物としては、以下に詳述する特定構造を有するポリヒドロキシ化合物の1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-4-スルホン酸エステル、及び該ポリヒドロキシ化合物の1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-5-スルホン酸エステルから成る群から選択される少なくとも1種のNQD化合物が好ましい。
(B) Quinonediazide compound As the quinonediazide compound (b), various compounds that act as a photoacid generator can be used. Among them, a naphthoquinonediazide compound (NQD compound) is preferable, and among them, it has a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure. Compounds are preferred. Examples of the compound having a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure include 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid ester of a polyhydroxy compound having a specific structure described in detail below, and 1,2-naphtho of the polyhydroxy compound. Preference is given to at least one NQD compound selected from the group consisting of quinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid esters.
該NQD化合物は、常法に従って、ナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸化合物を、クロルスルホン酸又は塩化チオニルでスルホニルクロライドとし、得られたナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルクロライドと、ポリヒドロキシ化合物とを縮合反応させることにより得ることができる。例えば、ポリヒドロキシ化合物と、所定量の1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-5-スルホニルクロリド又は1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-4-スルホニルクロリドとを、ジオキサン、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン等の溶媒中において、トリエチルアミン等の塩基性触媒の存在下で反応させてエステル化を行い、得られた生成物を水洗、乾燥することによりNQD化合物を得ることができる。 The NQD compound can be obtained by subjecting a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid compound to sulfonyl chloride with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride according to a conventional method, and subjecting the resulting naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride to a polyhydroxy compound. . For example, a polyhydroxy compound and a predetermined amount of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride or 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride in a solvent such as dioxane, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, etc. The NQD compound can be obtained by reacting in the presence of a basic catalyst for esterification, and washing the resulting product with water and drying.
好ましいNQD化合物の例としては、例えば、下記一般式群で表されるものが挙げられる。 Examples of preferable NQD compounds include those represented by the following general formula group.
(式中、Qは、水素原子、又は下記式群:
また、同一分子中に4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基及び5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニル基を含有するナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物を用いることもできるし、4-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物と5-ナフトキノンジアジドスルホニルエステル化合物とを混合して使用することもできる。 Further, a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound containing a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule can be used, and a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound can be used. Can also be used in combination.
キノンジアジド化合物(b)のアルカリ可溶性樹脂全体に対する配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との全量100質量部に対し、1~50質量部が好ましく、5~30質量部がより好ましい。キノンジアジド化合物(b)の該配合量が1質量部以上であると樹脂のパターニング性が良好であり、50質量部以下であると硬化後の膜の引張り伸び率が良好であり、かつ露光部の現像残渣(スカム)が少ない。 The blending amount of the quinonediazide compound (b) with respect to the entire alkali-soluble resin is based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 50 parts by mass is preferable, and 5 to 30 parts by mass is more preferable. When the amount of the quinonediazide compound (b) is 1 part by mass or more, the patterning property of the resin is good, and when it is 50 parts by mass or less, the tensile elongation rate of the cured film is good, and Less development residue (scum).
(c)フェノール樹脂
本実施形態におけるフェノール樹脂(c)は、下記一般式(2)、(3)及び(4)、並びに一般式群(5)から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つで表される構造を有する。
から成る群から選ばれる2価の有機基である。}
(C) Phenolic resin The phenolic resin (c) in this embodiment is represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (2), (3) and (4), and the general formula group (5). Has a structure.
A divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of }
フェノール樹脂(c)はキノンジアジド化合物(b)に対して、未露光部は溶解阻止効果を有する一方、露光部は溶解促進作用をすることによりコントラストを発生させ、パターンを形成することが出来る。しかしながら、一般的なフェノール樹脂、例えば、クレゾール/ホルムアルデヒドノボラック樹脂やフェノール/ホルムアルデヒドノボラック樹脂は、ポリマー(a)との相溶性が悪いため、感光性樹脂組成物をコートして得られる膜は均一であっても、現像後の膜では表面が白化する現象が発生するという問題があった。 The phenol resin (c) has a dissolution inhibiting effect on the quinonediazide compound (b), while the unexposed portion has a dissolution-inhibiting effect. However, since a general phenol resin such as cresol / formaldehyde novolak resin or phenol / formaldehyde novolak resin has poor compatibility with the polymer (a), the film obtained by coating the photosensitive resin composition is uniform. Even in such a case, there has been a problem that a phenomenon of whitening of the surface occurs in the film after development.
これに対し、一般式(2),(3),及び(4)並びに一般式群(5)のうち少なくとも1つで表される構造を有するフェノール樹脂は、ポリマー(a)との相溶性が高い。従って、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物によれば、現像後に白化が発生せず、均一な表面の膜を形成できる。現像後の白化は、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂との相溶性が悪い場合に膜中で相分離が起こり、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の違いから現像後の膜表面に凸凹が生じることにより生じると考えられる。本実施形態によれば、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との組合せにより、これらの白化及び表面荒れが防止され、均一な表面の膜を形成できる。この理由は定かではないが、本発明者は以下のような理由を推定している。一般的に物質は極性が近いほど混ざりやすいとされ、本発明で用いるフェノール樹脂(c)の極性がポリマー(a)と近いこと、あるいはフェノール樹脂(c)と該ポリマー(a)とが混ざりやすいコンフォメーションとなっているためであると考えられる。 On the other hand, the phenol resin having a structure represented by at least one of the general formulas (2), (3), and (4) and the general formula group (5) has compatibility with the polymer (a). high. Therefore, according to the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment, whitening does not occur after development, and a film having a uniform surface can be formed. The whitening after development is caused by phase separation in the film when the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin is poor, and the film after development due to the difference in solubility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin in an alkaline developer. This is thought to be caused by unevenness on the surface. According to this embodiment, the combination of the polymer (a) and the phenol resin (c) prevents these whitening and surface roughness, and can form a uniform surface film. The reason for this is not clear, but the inventor presumes the following reason. In general, the closer the polarity of a substance is, the easier it is to mix, and the polarity of the phenol resin (c) used in the present invention is close to that of the polymer (a), or the phenol resin (c) and the polymer (a) are likely to mix. This is thought to be due to conformation.
本実施形態におけるフェノール樹脂(c)の含有量は、ポリマー(a)100質量部に対して、20~200質量部の範囲内が好ましい。該含有量は、感度の観点から20質量部以上が好ましく、耐熱性の観点から200質量部以下が好ましい。該含有量は、耐熱性の観点で、50~150質量部がより好ましく、50~100質量部が更に好ましい。 The content of the phenol resin (c) in the present embodiment is preferably in the range of 20 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (a). The content is preferably 20 parts by mass or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance. The content is more preferably from 50 to 150 parts by weight, and still more preferably from 50 to 100 parts by weight, from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
一般式(2)において、感度の観点から、i及びkはそれぞれ0又は1であることが好ましく、R7及びR8はそれぞれメチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、h及びjはそれぞれ1又は2であることが好ましい。m1及びm2の合計数は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは5以上、より好ましくは10以上、更に好ましくは20以上であり、リソ性の観点から、好ましくは300以下、より好ましくは250以下、更に好ましくは200以下である。また、m2に対するm1の比(m1/m2)は、アルカリ溶解性の観点から、好ましくは1/99以上、より好ましくは10/90以上、更に好ましくは20/80以上であり、伸度の観点から、好ましくは90/10以下、より好ましくは80/20以下、更に好ましくは70/30以下である。 In general formula (2), from the viewpoint of sensitivity, i and k are each preferably 0 or 1, and R 7 and R 8 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. From the viewpoint of the pattern shape after curing, h and j are preferably 1 or 2, respectively. The total number of m1 and m2 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 20 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less. Further, the ratio of m1 to m2 (m1 / m2) is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, still more preferably 20/80 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, and still more preferably 70/30 or less.
一般式(2)で表される構造は、特に下記式で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
一般式(3)において、感度の観点から、o及びqはそれぞれ0又は1であることが好ましく、R9及びR10はそれぞれメチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、lは2であることが好ましく、pは1又は2であることが好ましい。繰り返し数m4で表される構造単位におけるp及びqがそれぞれ1であるときR10はフェノール性水酸基に対してメタ位もしくはパラ位にあることが好ましい。m3及びm4の合計数は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは5以上、より好ましくは10以上、更に好ましくは20以上であり、リソ性の観点から、好ましくは300以下、より好ましくは250以下、更に好ましくは200以下である。また、lが2又は3で、かつpが1であるとき、m4に対するm3の比(m3/m4)は、アルカリ溶解性の観点から、好ましくは10/90以上、より好ましくは20/80以上、更に好ましくは30/70以上であり、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは99/1以下、より好ましくは90/10以下、更に好ましくは80/20以下である。lが3で、かつpが2であるとき、m3/m4比は、アルカリ溶解性の観点から、好ましくは10/90以上、より好ましくは20/80以上、更に好ましくは30/70以上であり、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは80/20以下、より好ましくは70/30以下、更に好ましくは60/40以下である。 In general formula (3), from the viewpoint of sensitivity, o and q are each preferably 0 or 1, and R 9 and R 10 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. From the viewpoint of the pattern shape after curing, l is preferably 2, and p is preferably 1 or 2. When p and q in the structural unit represented by the repeating number m4 are each 1, R 10 is preferably in the meta position or para position with respect to the phenolic hydroxyl group. The total number of m3 and m4 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and still more preferably 20 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less. When l is 2 or 3 and p is 1, the ratio of m3 to m4 (m3 / m4) is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. More preferably, it is 30/70 or more, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 99/1 or less, more preferably 90/10 or less, and still more preferably 80/20 or less. When l is 3 and p is 2, the m3 / m4 ratio is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, and still more preferably 30/70 or more, from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 80/20 or less, more preferably 70/30 or less, and still more preferably 60/40 or less.
一般式(3)で表される構造は、特に下記式で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
一般式(4)において、感度の観点から、s及びvは0又は1であることが好ましく、R11及びR12はそれぞれメチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、r及びuはそれぞれ1又は2であることが好ましい。m5及びm6の合計数は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは5以上、より好ましくは7以上、更に好ましくは10以上であり、リソ性の観点から、好ましくは300以下、より好ましくは250以下、更に好ましくは200以下である。また、m6に対するm5の比(m5/m6)は、膜応力の観点から、好ましくは1/99以上、より好ましくは10/90以上、更に好ましくは20/80以上であり、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは90/10以下、より好ましくは80/20以下、更に好ましくは70/30以下である。P1は、現像後の表面状態、及び、硬化膜とダイアタッチフィルムの接着強度の観点から、ヒドロキシフェニル基であることが好ましい。m11は、組成物のアルカリ溶解性の観点から、1~3であることが好ましい。 In general formula (4), from the viewpoint of sensitivity, s and v are preferably 0 or 1, and R 11 and R 12 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. From the viewpoint of the pattern shape after curing, r and u are each preferably 1 or 2. The total number of m5 and m6 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 10 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less. Further, the ratio of m5 to m6 (m5 / m6) is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, and further preferably 20/80 or more from the viewpoint of film stress, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. , Preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, still more preferably 70/30 or less. P 1 is preferably a hydroxyphenyl group from the viewpoint of the surface state after development and the adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film. m11 is preferably 1 to 3 from the viewpoint of alkali solubility of the composition.
前記一般式(4)で表される構造は、組成物の感度及び、硬化後のパターン形状の観点から特に下記一般式(4’)で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
一般式(4’)において、s及びvは0又は1であることが好ましく、R11及びR12はそれぞれメチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、r、t及びuはそれぞれ1又は2であることが好ましい。m5及びm6の合計数は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは5以上、より好ましくは7以上、更に好ましくは10以上であり、リソ性の観点から、好ましくは300以下、より好ましくは250以下、更に好ましくは200以下である。また、m6に対するm5の比(m5/m6)は、膜応力の観点から、好ましくは1/99以上、より好ましくは10/90以上、更に好ましくは20/80以上であり、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは90/10以下、より好ましくは80/20以下、更に好ましくは70/30以下である。
The structure represented by the general formula (4) is more preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (4 ′) particularly from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the composition and the pattern shape after curing.
In the general formula (4 ′), s and v are preferably 0 or 1, and R 11 and R 12 are each preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. From the viewpoint of the pattern shape after curing, r, t, and u are each preferably 1 or 2. The total number of m5 and m6 is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 10 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less. Further, the ratio of m5 to m6 (m5 / m6) is preferably 1/99 or more, more preferably 10/90 or more, and further preferably 20/80 or more from the viewpoint of film stress, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance. , Preferably 90/10 or less, more preferably 80/20 or less, still more preferably 70/30 or less.
一般式(4’)で表される構造は、特に下記式で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
一般式(5)において、感度の観点から、xは0又は1であることが好ましく、R13はメチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、wは1又は2であることが好ましい。m7及びm8の合計数は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは3以上、より好ましくは5以上、更に好ましくは10以上であり、リソ性の観点から、好ましくは300以下、より好ましくは250以下、更に好ましくは200以下である。また、m8に対するm7の比(m7/m8)は、耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは10/90以上、より好ましくは20/80以上、更に好ましくは30/70以上であり、アルカリ溶解性の観点から、好ましくは99/1以下である。 In general formula (5), from the viewpoint of sensitivity, x is preferably 0 or 1, and R 13 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. From the viewpoint of the pattern shape after curing, w is preferably 1 or 2. The total number of m7 and m8 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 10 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and preferably 300 or less, more preferably 250 or less, from the viewpoint of lithographic properties. More preferably, it is 200 or less. Further, the ratio of m7 to m8 (m7 / m8) is preferably 10/90 or more, more preferably 20/80 or more, still more preferably 30/70 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. Therefore, it is preferably 99/1 or less.
一般式(5)において、Yは、組成物の感度及び、硬化後のパターン形状の観点から、下記一般式(5’’)で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
P4,及びP5は、それぞれ、コストの観点から、メチル基、水素原子であることが好ましい。
In the general formula (5), Y is more preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (5 ″) from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the composition and the pattern shape after curing.
P 4 and P 5 are each preferably a methyl group or a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of cost.
中でも、一般式群(5)で表される構造は、特に下記式で表される構造であることがより好ましい。
フェノール樹脂(c)の合成方法としては、種々のフェノール化合物の単独あるいはそれらの複数種の混合物をホルマリン等のアルデヒド類で公知の方法で重縮合する方法や、フェノール化合物と、重合成分とを、重合反応させることによって合成する方法、また、これらの組み合わせによって合成する方法が挙げられる。 As a method for synthesizing the phenol resin (c), a method of polycondensing various phenol compounds alone or a mixture thereof with aldehydes such as formalin by a known method, a phenol compound and a polymerization component, A method of synthesizing by a polymerization reaction and a method of synthesizing by a combination thereof are mentioned.
ここで、重合成分とは、具体的には、メチロール基を分子内に2個有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を分子内に2個有する化合物、及びハロアルキル基を分子内に2個有する化合物等が挙げられる。 Here, specific examples of the polymerization component include compounds having two methylol groups in the molecule, compounds having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, and compounds having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule. It is done.
フェノール化合物としては、例えばフェノール、p-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、o-クレゾール、2,3-ジメチルフェノール、2,4-ジメチルフェノール、2,5-ジメチルフェノール、2,6-ジメチルフェノール、3,4-ジメチルフェノール、3,5-ジメチルフェノール、メチレンビスフェノール、メチレンビスp-クレゾール、ビスフェノールA、レゾルシン、カテコール、2-メチルレゾルシン、4-メチルレゾルシン、m-メトキシフェノール、p-メトキシフェノール、p-ブトキシフェノール、o-エチルフェノール、m-エチルフェノール、p-エチルフェノール、2,3-ジエチルフェノール、2,5-ジエチルフェノール、p-イソプロピルフェノール、等が挙げられ、これらは単独で、又は複数の混合物として用いることができる。 Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, p-cresol, m-cresol, o-cresol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3, 4-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, methylene bisphenol, methylene bis p-cresol, bisphenol A, resorcin, catechol, 2-methyl resorcin, 4-methyl resorcin, m-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, p-butoxy Phenol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, 2,3-diethylphenol, 2,5-diethylphenol, p-isopropylphenol, etc., which are used alone or in combination It can be used as a.
また、アルデヒド類としては、ホルマリンの他、トリオキサン、パラホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、ベンズアルデヒド、ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド、クロロアセトアルデヒド等が挙げられ、これらは単独で又は複数の混合物として用いることができる。 In addition to formalin, aldehydes include trioxane, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, hydroxybenzaldehyde, chloroacetaldehyde and the like, and these can be used alone or as a mixture of a plurality of them.
上記メチロール基を分子内に2個有する化合物としては、例えば、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)クレゾール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-エチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-プロピルフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-n-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-t-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-メトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-エトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-プロポキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-n-ブトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-4-t-ブトキシフェノール、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ビフェニル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having two methylol groups in the molecule include bis (hydroxymethyl) cresol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4- Propylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol, 2,6 -Bis (hydroxymethyl) -4-t-butoxyphenol, bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl And the like.
上記アルコキシメチル基を分子内に2個有する化合物としては、例えば、ビス(メトキシメチル)クレゾール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-エチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-プロピルフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-n-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-t-ブチルフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-メトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-エトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-プロポキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-n-ブトキシフェノール、2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)-4-t-ブトキシフェノール、ビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル等が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基の炭素数は、反応活性の観点から、1~10であることが好ましく、1~2であることがより好ましく、1であることが最も好ましい。 Examples of the compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule include bis (methoxymethyl) cresol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethylphenol, and 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4. -Propylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-methoxyphenol 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-ethoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-propoxyphenol, 2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-n-butoxyphenol, Examples include 6-bis (methoxymethyl) -4-t-butoxyphenol and bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxymethyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 2, and most preferably 1 from the viewpoint of reaction activity.
上記ハロアルキル基を分子内に2個有する化合物としては、例えば、ビスクロロメチルビフェニル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule include bischloromethylbiphenyl.
フェノール樹脂(c)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~50,000であり、より好ましくは2,000~20,000である。重量平均分子量は、伸度の観点から、1,000以上であることが好ましく、アルカリ溶解性の観点から、50,000以下であることが好ましい。上記重量平均分子量は、GPCを用いて、標準ポリスチレン換算で得られる値である。 The weight average molecular weight of the phenol resin (c) is preferably 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 or more from the viewpoint of elongation, and preferably 50,000 or less from the viewpoint of alkali solubility. The weight average molecular weight is a value obtained by standard polystyrene conversion using GPC.
その他の成分
本発明においては、前記した各種成分を有機溶媒に溶解してワニス状にし、感光性樹脂組成物の溶液として使用することが好ましい。このような有機溶媒としては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン(以下、「GBL」ともいう。)、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、イソホロン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(以下、「DMAc」ともいう。)、ジメチルイミダゾリノン、テトラメチルウレア、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(以下、「DMDG」ともいう。)、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、メチル-1,3-ブチレングリコールアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコール-3-モノメチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、ジイソブチルケトン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、5-メチル-3-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-3-ヘプタノン、6-メチル-2-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-4-ヘプタノン、3-メチル-4-ヘプタノン、2-オクタノン、3-オクタノン、4-オクタノン、5-メチル―2-オクタノン、2-ノナノン、3-ノナノン、4-ノナノン、5-ノナノン、2-ヘキシルシクロペンタノン等を単独又は混合して使用できる。
Other Components In the present invention, it is preferable that the above-described various components are dissolved in an organic solvent to form a varnish and used as a solution for the photosensitive resin composition. Examples of such organic solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone (hereinafter also referred to as “GBL”), cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, isophorone, N, N-dimethylacetamide (hereinafter referred to as “DMAc”). ), Dimethylimidazolinone, tetramethylurea, dimethyl sulfoxide, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (hereinafter also referred to as “DMDG”), diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene Glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, milk Butyl, methyl-1,3-butylene glycol acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol-3-monomethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, diisobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone, 3- Heptanone, 4-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 6-methyl-2-heptanone, 2-methyl-4-heptanone, 3-methyl-4-heptanone, 2-octanone, 3-Octanone, 4-octanone, 5-methyl-2-octanone, 2-nonanone, 3-nonanone, 4-nonanone, 5-nonanone, 2-hexylcyclopentanone and the like can be used alone or in combination.
これらの溶媒のうち、非アミド系溶媒がフォトレジスト等への影響が少ない点から好ましい。具体的なより好ましい例としてはγ-ブチロラクトン、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアルコール、2-ヘプタノン、2-オクタノン、2-ノナノン等を挙げることができる。これらの有機溶剤は単独で使用しても2つ以上混合して使用してもよい。 Of these solvents, non-amide solvents are preferred because they have little influence on the photoresist and the like. Specific more preferable examples include γ-butyrolactone, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, 2-heptanone, 2-octanone, 2-nonanone and the like. Can be mentioned. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
有機溶媒を配合する場合の添加量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、好ましくは100~2,000質量部である。有機溶媒の添加量を変化させることで、感光性樹脂組成物溶液の粘度をコントロールできる。上記添加量は、より好ましくは100~1,000質量部である。有機溶媒の添加量を調整することにより、塗布装置、及び塗布厚みに適した粘度となり、硬化レリーフパターンの製造を容易にすることができる。 The amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 100 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 2,000 parts by mass. The viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition solution can be controlled by changing the amount of the organic solvent added. The addition amount is more preferably 100 to 1,000 parts by mass. By adjusting the addition amount of the organic solvent, the viscosity becomes suitable for the coating apparatus and the coating thickness, and the production of the cured relief pattern can be facilitated.
本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、熱硬化後の膜(感光性樹脂層)の耐薬品性を高める目的で、架橋剤を含有することができる。架橋剤としては、メチロール基及び/又はアルコキシメチル基を有する芳香族化合物、N位がメチロール基及び/又はアルコキシメチル基で置換された化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、及びアリル化合物、からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物等が利用できる。 The photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention can contain a cross-linking agent for the purpose of enhancing the chemical resistance of the film after curing (photosensitive resin layer), if necessary. Examples of the crosslinking agent include an aromatic compound having a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, a compound in which the N-position is substituted with a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, and an allyl compound. At least one selected compound can be used.
これらの架橋剤の中でも、メチロール基及び/又はアルコキシメチル基を有する芳香族化合物、並びにN位がメチロール基及び/又はアルコキシメチル基で置換された化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が、熱硬化後の耐薬品性の観点から好ましい。 Among these crosslinking agents, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic compound having a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group, and a compound in which the N-position is substituted with a methylol group and / or an alkoxymethyl group is present. From the viewpoint of chemical resistance after thermosetting.
架橋剤は、単独で又は2種以上を混合して使用することができ、配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対して1~100質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは3~50質量部である。該配合量が1質量部以上である場合、架橋が良好に進行してパターニング性が良好となり、該配合量が100質量部以下である場合、キュア後の機械物性が良好に保たれる。 A crosslinking agent can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types, and the compounding quantity is the polymer (a) and phenol resin (c) which have as a main component the structural unit represented by General formula (1). The total amount is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of 100 parts by mass. When the blending amount is 1 part by mass or more, crosslinking proceeds well and the patterning property becomes good. When the blending amount is 100 parts by mass or less, the mechanical properties after curing are kept good.
本発明においては、溶解促進剤を好ましく利用することができる。溶解促進剤としては、カルボン酸化合物やフェノール性化合物が挙げられる。 In the present invention, a dissolution accelerator can be preferably used. Examples of the dissolution accelerator include carboxylic acid compounds and phenolic compounds.
カルボン酸化合物の例としては、3-フェニル乳酸、4-ヒドロキシフェニル乳酸、4-ヒドロキシマンデル酸、3,4-ジヒドロキシマンデル酸、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシマンデル酸、2-メトキシ-2-(1-ナフチル)プロピオン酸、マンデル酸、アトロラクチン酸、アセチルマンデル酸、α-メトキシフェニル酢酸、3-フェニル乳酸、4-ヒドロキシフェニル乳酸、4-ヒドロキシマンデル酸、3,4-ジヒドロキシマンデル酸、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシマンデル酸、2-メトキシ-2-(1-ナフチル)プロピオン酸、マンデル酸、アトロラクチン酸、O-アセチルマンデル酸、α-メトキシフェニル酢酸、4-ヒドロキシマンデル酸、3,4-ジヒドロキシマンデル酸、4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシマンデル酸、マンデル酸、アトロラクチン酸、O-アセチルマンデル酸、α-メトキシフェニル酢酸、O-アセチルマンデル酸、α-メトキシフェニル酢酸、ジヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸ヘキシル、ジヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸オクチル、ジヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸ドデシル、トリヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸ヘキシルである没食子酸ヘキシル及びフロログルシノールカルボン酸ヘキシル、トリヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸オクチルである没食子酸オクチル及びフロログルシノールカルボン酸オクチル、トリヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸ドデシルである没食子酸ドデシル及びフロログルシノールカルボン酸ドデシル、トリヒドロキシベンゼンカルボン酸ヘキサデシルである没食子酸ヘキサデシル及びフロログルシノールカルボン酸ヘキサデシル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of carboxylic acid compounds include 3-phenyl lactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyl lactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2- ( 1-naphthyl) propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, acetylmandelic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, 3-phenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4 -Hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2- (1-naphthyl) propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3, 4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid , Mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, hexyl dihydroxybenzenecarboxylate, octyl dihydroxybenzenecarboxylate, dodecyl dihydroxybenzenecarboxylate, Hexyl trihydroxybenzenecarboxylate hexyl gallate and phloroglucinol carboxylate hexyl, octyl trihydroxybenzenecarboxylate octyl gallate and phloroglucinol carboxylate dodecyl trihydroxybenzenecarboxylate dodecyl gallate and Phloroglucinol carboxylate dodecyl, trihydroxybenzenecarboxylate hexadecyl hexadecyl gallate and phloroglucinol carboxylate Xadecyl and the like can be mentioned.
フェノール化合物としては、前記感光性ジアゾキノン化合物に使用しているバラスト剤、並びにパラクミルフェノール、ビスフェノール類、レゾルシノール類、あるいはMtrisPC、MtetraPC等の直鎖状フェノール化合物(本州化学工業社製:商品名)、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PHBA、TrisP-PA等の非直鎖状フェノール化合物(本州化学工業社製:商品名)、ジフェニルメタンのフェニル基の水素原子2~5個を水酸基に置換した化合物、2,2-ジフェニルプロパンのフェニル基の水素原子1~5個を水酸基に置換した化合物、等が挙げられる。該フェノール化合物の添加により、現像時のレリーフパターンの密着性を向上させ残渣の発生をおさえることができる。なお、バラスト剤とは、フェノール性水素原子の一部がナフトキノンジアジドスルホン酸エステル化されたフェノール化合物である前述の感光性ジアゾキノン化合物に原料として使用されているフェノール化合物をいう。 As the phenol compound, a ballast agent used for the photosensitive diazoquinone compound, and a linear phenol compound such as paracumylphenol, bisphenols, resorcinol, or MtrisPC, MtetraPC (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Non-linear phenolic compounds such as TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PHBA, TrisP-PA (trade name) manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., compounds in which 2 to 5 hydrogen atoms of the phenyl group of diphenylmethane are substituted with hydroxyl groups, 2 , Compounds in which 1 to 5 hydrogen atoms of the phenyl group of 2-diphenylpropane are substituted with hydroxyl groups. By adding the phenol compound, the adhesion of the relief pattern during development can be improved and the generation of residues can be suppressed. In addition, a ballast agent means the phenol compound currently used as a raw material for the above-mentioned photosensitive diazoquinone compound which is a phenol compound in which a part of the phenolic hydrogen atom is converted to naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid ester.
溶解促進剤の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0~50質量部が好ましく、1~30質量部が好ましい。配合量が50質量部以下であれば、熱硬化後の膜の耐熱性が良好である。また配合量が1質量部以上である場合、露光部の現像液への溶解促進効果が良好である。 The blending amount of the dissolution accelerator is preferably 0 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 30 parts by mass is preferable. When the blending amount is 50 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good. Moreover, when a compounding quantity is 1 mass part or more, the melt | dissolution promotion effect to the developing solution of an exposure part is favorable.
本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、アルコール、染料、香料、塗布膜の面内均一性を向上させるための界面活性剤、またシリコン基板や銅基板との接着性を高めるための接着助剤等の添加剤を含有することも可能である。 The photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention enhances adhesiveness with alcohol, dye, fragrance, surfactant for improving in-plane uniformity of the coating film, and silicon substrate or copper substrate, if necessary. It is also possible to contain additives such as an adhesion aid for the purpose.
上記添加剤について更に具体的に述べると、アルコールは、炭素原子数が4~14であることが好ましく、具体的には、シクロプロピルカルビノール、2-シクロヘキセン-1-オール、シクロヘキサンメタノール、4-メチル-1-シクロヘキサンメタノール、3,4-ジメチルシクロヘキサノール、4-エチルシクロヘキサノール、4-t-ブチロシクロヘキサノール、シクロヘキサンエタノール、3-シクロヘキシル-1-プロパノール、1-シクロヘキシル-1-ペンタノール、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノール、ノルボルナン-2-メタノール、シクロオクタノール、2,3,4-トリメチル-3-ペンタノール、2,4-ヘキサジエン-1-オール、cis-2-ヘキセン-1-オール、trans-2-ヘプテン-1-オール、cis-4-ヘプテン-1-オール、cis-3-オクテン-1-オール、4-エチル-1-オクチン-3-オール、2,7-オクタジエノール、3,6-ジメチル-1-ヘプチン-3-オール、3-エチル-2-メチル-3-ペンタノール、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール、2,3-ジメチル-2-ヘキサノール、2,5-ジメチル-2-ヘキサノール、trans,cis-2,6-ノナジエン-1-オール、1-ノネン-3-オール、cis-2-ブテン-1,4-ジオール、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2,4-ジエチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ヘキサジエン-3,4-ジオール、2,5-ジメチル-3-ヘキシン-2,5-ジオール、2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオール、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-1,3-シクロブタンジオール、1,2-シクロヘキサンジオール、trans-p-メンタン-3,8-ジオール、2,4-ジメトキシベンジルアルコール、ブチロイン等が挙げられる。 More specifically, the alcohol preferably has 4 to 14 carbon atoms. Specifically, cyclopropylcarbinol, 2-cyclohexen-1-ol, cyclohexanemethanol, 4- Methyl-1-cyclohexanemethanol, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexanol, 4-ethylcyclohexanol, 4-t-butyrocyclohexanol, cyclohexaneethanol, 3-cyclohexyl-1-propanol, 1-cyclohexyl-1-pentanol, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanol, norbornane-2-methanol, cyclooctanol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-3-pentanol, 2,4-hexadien-1-ol, cis-2-hexene-1- All, trans-2-heptene 1-ol, cis-4-hepten-1-ol, cis-3-octen-1-ol, 4-ethyl-1-octyn-3-ol, 2,7-octadienol, 3,6-dimethyl- 1-heptin-3-ol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-3-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 2,3-dimethyl-2-hexanol, 2,5-dimethyl-2-hexanol, trans , Cis-2,6-nonadien-1-ol, 1-nonen-3-ol, cis-2-butene-1,4-diol, 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,4- Diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,5-hexadiene-3,4-diol, 2,5-dimethyl-3-hexyne-2,5-diol, 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5 Desin 4,7-diol, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, trans-p-menthane-3,8-diol, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol , Butyroin and the like.
これらの中でも、塗布後の面内均一性の観点から、2,3,4-トリメチル-3-ペンタノール、2,4-ヘキサジエン-1-オール、cis-2-ヘキセン-1-オール、trans-2-ヘプテン-1-オール、cis-4-ヘプテン-1-オール、cis-3-オクテン-1-オール、trans,cis-2,6-ノナジエン-1-オール、cis-2-ブテン-1,4-ジオール、1,5-ヘキサジエン-3,4-ジオール等の、不飽和結合や枝分かれ構造を有するヒドロキシル基含有化合物が好ましく、基板との密着性の観点から、ジオールよりモノアルコールが好ましく、その中でも2,3,4-トリメチル-3-ペンタノール、3-エチル-2-メチル-3-ペンタノール、及びグリセロール-α,α’-ジアリルエーテルが特に好ましい。
これらのヒドロキシル基含有化合物は単独で使用しても2つ以上混合して使用してもよい。
Among these, from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity after coating, 2,3,4-trimethyl-3-pentanol, 2,4-hexadien-1-ol, cis-2-hexen-1-ol, trans- 2-hepten-1-ol, cis-4-hepten-1-ol, cis-3-octen-1-ol, trans, cis-2,6-nonadien-1-ol, cis-2-butene-1, Hydroxyl group-containing compounds having an unsaturated bond or a branched structure, such as 4-diol and 1,5-hexadiene-3,4-diol, are preferred, and from the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate, monoalcohols are preferred over diols. Among them, 2,3,4-trimethyl-3-pentanol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-3-pentanol, and glycerol-α, α'-diallyl ether Preferred.
These hydroxyl group-containing compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
上記のアルコールを配合する場合の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0.01~70質量部が好ましく、0.1~50質量部がより好ましく、1~40質量部がさらに好ましく、5~25質量部が特に好ましい。アルコールの配合量が0.01質量部以上だと露光部の現像残渣が少なくなり、70質量部以下だと硬化後の膜の引っ張り伸び率が良好である。 The blending amount in the case of blending the above alcohol is 0.01 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Is preferably 70 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1-50 parts by weight, still more preferably 1-40 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 5-25 parts by weight. When the blending amount of the alcohol is 0.01 parts by mass or more, the development residue in the exposed part decreases, and when it is 70 parts by mass or less, the tensile elongation of the film after curing is good.
染料としては、例えば、メチルバイオレット、クリスタルバイオレット、マラカイトグリーン等が挙げられる。染料を配合する場合の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0.1~10質量部が好ましい。配合量が0.1質量部以上であれば可視化効果が良好に得られ、10質量部以下であれば、熱硬化後の膜の耐熱性が良好である。 Examples of the dye include methyl violet, crystal violet, and malachite green. The blending amount when the dye is blended is 0.1 to 10 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Part by mass is preferred. If the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the visualization effect is obtained well, and if it is 10 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
香料としては、テルペン類化合物が挙げられ、溶剤への溶解性の観点からモノテルペン化合物、セスキテルペン化合物が好ましい。
具体的には、リナロール、イソフィトール、ジヒドロリナロール、酢酸リナリール、リナロールオキシド、ゲラニルリナロール、ラバンジュロール、テトラヒドロラバンジュロール、酢酸ラバンジュロール、ネロール、酢酸ネロール、ゲラニオール、シトラール、酢酸ゲラニル、ゲラニルアセトン、ゲラニウム酸、シトラルジメチルアセタル、シトロネロール、シトロネラール、ヒドロキシシトロネラール、ジメチルオクタナール、シトロネリル酸、酢酸シトロネリル、タゲトン、アルテミシアケトン、プレゴール、イソプレゴール、メントール、酢酸メントール、イソメントール、ネオメントール、メンタノール、メンタントリオール、メンタンテトラオール、カルボメントール、メントキシ酢酸、ペリリルアルコール、ペリラアルデヒド、カルベオール、ピペリトール、テルペン-4-オール、テルピネオール、テルピネノール、ジヒドロテルピネオール、ソブレオール、チモール、ボルネオール、酢酸ボルニル、イソボルネオール、酢酸イソボルニル、シネオール、ピノール、ピノカルベオール、ミルテノール、ミルテナール、ベルベノール、ピノカンフェオール、カンファースルホン酸、ネロリドール、テルピネン、イオノン、ピネン、カンフェン、カンホレンアルデヒド、カンホロン酸、イソカンホロン酸、ショウノウ酸、アビチエン酸、グリシルレチン酸等が挙げられる。これらのテルペン化合物は単独で使用しても2つ以上混合して使用してもよい。
香料を配合する場合の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0.1~70質量部が好ましく、1~50質量部がより好ましい。配合量が0.1質量部であれば香料の効果が良好に得られ、70質量部以下であれば、熱硬化後の膜の耐熱性が良好である。
Examples of the perfume include terpene compounds, and monoterpene compounds and sesquiterpene compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents.
Specifically, linalool, isophytol, dihydrolinalol, linalool acetate, linalool oxide, geranyl linalool, lavandulol, tetrahydrolabandulol, lavandulol acetate, nerol, nerol acetate, geraniol, citral, geranyl acetate, geranylacetone , Geraniic acid, citral dimethyl acetal, citronellol, citronellal, hydroxycitronellal, dimethyl octanal, citronellyl acid, citronellyl acetate, tageton, artemisia ketone, pregol, isopulegol, menthol, menthol acetate, isomenthol, neomenthol, mentanol , Menthanetriol, menthanetetraol, carbomenthol, menthoxyacetic acid, perillyl alcohol, perilaldehyde Carbeol, piperitol, terpene-4-ol, terpineol, terpineol, dihydroterpineol, sobreol, thymol, borneol, bornyl acetate, isoborneol, isobornyl acetate, cineol, pinol, pinocarbeveol, mirutenol, mirutenal, berbenol, pinoccampe All, camphorsulfonic acid, nerolidol, terpinene, ionone, pinene, camphene, camphorene aldehyde, camphoronic acid, isocamphoronic acid, camphoric acid, abithienoic acid, glycyrrhetinic acid and the like. These terpene compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When blending the fragrance, the blending amount is 0.1 to 70 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). Part by mass is preferable, and 1 to 50 parts by mass is more preferable. If the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass, the effect of the fragrance can be obtained satisfactorily, and if it is 70 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good.
界面活性剤としては、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル等のポリグリコール類、それらの誘導体からなる非イオン系界面活性剤が挙げられる。また、フロラード(住友3M社製:商品名)、メガファック(大日本インキ化学工業社製:商品名)、ルミフロン(旭硝子社製:商品名)等のフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられる。さらに、KP341(信越化学工業社製:商品名)、DBE(チッソ社製:商品名)、グラノール(共栄社化学社製:商品名)等の有機シロキサン界面活性剤が挙げられる。該界面活性剤の添加により、塗布時のウエハーエッジでの塗膜のハジキをより発生し難くすることができる。 Examples of the surfactant include polyglycols such as polypropylene glycol and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and nonionic surfactants composed of derivatives thereof. Further, fluorine-based surfactants such as Fluorard (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M: trade name), Megafuck (manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .: trade name), Lumiflon (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), and the like can be mentioned. Furthermore, organic siloxane surfactants such as KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name), DBE (manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name), granol (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name), and the like. By adding the surfactant, it is possible to make it less likely to cause repellency of the coating film at the wafer edge during coating.
界面活性剤の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0~10質量部が好ましく、0.01~1質量部がより好ましい。配合量が10質量部以下であれば、熱硬化後の膜の耐熱性が良好である。また配合量が0.01質量部以上である場合、上記の塗膜のハジキを防止する効果が良好である。 The blending amount of the surfactant is preferably 0 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 0.01 to 1 part by mass is more preferable. When the blending amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the heat resistance of the film after thermosetting is good. Moreover, when a compounding quantity is 0.01 mass part or more, the effect which prevents the repelling of said coating film is favorable.
硬化レジストパターンとシリコン基板や銅基板との密着性を向上させる接着助剤としては、アルキルイミダゾリン、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、ポリビニルメチルエーテル、t-ブチルノボラック、エポキシポリマー、有機ケイ素化合物、及び、トリアゾール、テトラゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、イミダゾール等の複素環構造化合物が挙げられる。 Adhesion aids that improve the adhesion between the cured resist pattern and the silicon substrate or copper substrate include alkylimidazolines, polyhydroxystyrenes, polyvinyl methyl ethers, t-butyl novolacs, epoxy polymers, organosilicon compounds, and triazoles and tetrazoles. And heterocyclic structure compounds such as oxazole, thiazole and imidazole.
有機ケイ素化合物とは、1官能以上のアルコキシル基、及びシラノール基を含有した化合物であり、シリコンウエハーとの接着性を高めるための接着助剤となる。該有機ケイ素化合物の炭素原子数は、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、4~30であることが好ましく、4~18であることがより好ましい。 An organosilicon compound is a compound containing a monofunctional or higher-functional alkoxyl group and a silanol group, and serves as an adhesion aid for enhancing adhesion to a silicon wafer. The number of carbon atoms of the organosilicon compound is preferably 4 to 30, more preferably 4 to 18, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent.
具体的な化合物としては、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業株式会社製:商品名KBM803、チッソ株式会社製:商品名サイラエースS810)、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIM6475.0)、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業株式会社製:商品名LS1375、アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIM6474.0)、メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIM6473.5C)、メルカプトメチルメチルジメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIM6473.0)、3-メルカプトプロピルジエトキシメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルエトキシジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルジエトキシプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルエトキシジプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルジメトキシプロポキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメトキシジプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルジエトキシメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルエトキシジメトキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルトリプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルエトキシジプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルジメトキシプロポキシシラン、2-メルカプトエチルメトキシジプロポキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリメトキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリエトキシシラン、4-メルカプトブチルトリプロポキシシラン、N-(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア(信越化学工業株式会社製:商品名LS3610、アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIU9055.0)、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIU9058.0)、N-(3-ジエトキシメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジメトキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-ジエトキシプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-ジメトキシプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-メトキシジプロポキシシリルプロピル)ウレア、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジメトキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-エトキシジプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-ジメトキシプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-メトキシジプロポキシシリルエチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリエトキシシリルブチル)ウレア、N-(3-トリプロポキシシリルブチル)ウレア、3-(m-アミノフェノキシ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SLA0598.0)、m-アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SLA0599.0)、p-アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SLA0599.1)アミノフェニルトリメトキシシラン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SLA0599.2)、2-(トリメトキシシリルエチル)ピリジン(アズマックス株式会社製:商品名SIT8396.0)、2-(トリエトキシシリルエチル)ピリジン、2-(ジメトキシシリルメチルエチル)ピリジン、2-(ジエトキシシリルメチルエチル)ピリジン、(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)-t-ブチルカルバメート、(3-グリシドキシプロピル)トリエトキシシラン、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトラ-n-プロポキシシラン、テトラ-i-プロポキシシラン、テトラ-n-ブトキシシラン、テトラ-i-ブトキシシラン、テトラ-t-ブトキシシラン、テトラキス(メトキシエトキシシラン)、テトラキス(メトキシ-n-プロポキシシラン)、テトラキス(エトキシエトキシシラン)、テトラキス(メトキシエトキシエトキシシラン)、ビス(トリメトキシシリル)エタン、ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)メタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)エタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)エチレン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)オクタン、ビス(トリエトキシシリル)オクタジエン、ビス[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル]ジスルフィド、ビス[3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル]テトラスルフィド、ジ-t-ブトキシジアセトキシシラン、ジ-i-ブトキシアルミノキシトリエトキシシラン、ビス(ペンタジオネート)チタン-O,O’-ビス(オキシエチル)-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、フェニルシラントリオール、メチルフェニルシランジオール、エチルフェニルシランジオール、n-プロピルフェニルシランジオール、イソプロピルフェニルシランジオール、n-ブチルジフェニルシランジオール、イソブチルフェニルシランジオール、tert-ブチルフェニルシランジオール、ジフェニルシランジオール、ジメトキシジフェニルシラン、ジエトキシジフェニルシラン、ジメトキシジ- p-トリルシラン、エチルメチルフェニルシラノール、n-プロピルメチルフェニルシラノール、イソプロピルメチルフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、イソブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルメチルフェニルシラノール、エチルn-プロピルフェニルシラノール、エチルイソプロピルフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、イソブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルエチルフェニルシラノール、メチルジフェニルシラノール、エチルジフェニルシラノール、n-プロピルジフェニルシラノール、イソプロピルジフェニルシラノール、n-ブチルジフェニルシラノール、イソブチルジフェニルシラノール、tert-ブチルジフェニルシラノール、トリフェニルシラノール等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。これらは単独でも複数組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Specific examples of the compound include 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name KBM803, manufactured by Chisso Corporation: trade name of Silaace S810), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Asmax Co., Ltd .: Trade name SIM6475.0), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name LS1375, manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6474.0), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Corporation: product) Name SIM6473.5C), mercaptomethylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIM6473.0), 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydimethoxy Lan, 3-mercaptopropyltripropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydipropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltri Methoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldimethoxy Propoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltrimethoxysilane, 4-mercapto Tiltriethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltripropoxysilane, N- (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) urea (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: trade name LS3610, product of ASMAX Co., Ltd .: trade name SIU9055.0), N- (3-Trimethoxysilylpropyl) urea (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIU9058.0), N- (3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydimethoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- ( 3-tripropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- (3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl) urea, N- ( 3-methoxydipropoxysilylpropyl) Urea, N- (3-trimethoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydimethoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-ethoxydipropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-dimethoxypropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-methoxydipropoxysilylethyl) urea, N- (3-trimethoxysilylbutyl) urea, N- (3-triethoxysilylbutyl) urea, N- (3-tripropoxysilylbutyl) urea, 3- (m-aminophenoxy) propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SLA0598.0), m -Aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SLA 599.0), p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Asmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SLA0599.1) aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Asmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SLA0599.2), 2- (trimethoxysilylethyl) Pyridine (manufactured by Azmax Co., Ltd .: trade name SIT83396), 2- (triethoxysilylethyl) pyridine, 2- (dimethoxysilylmethylethyl) pyridine, 2- (diethoxysilylmethylethyl) pyridine, (3-triethoxy Silylpropyl) -t-butylcarbamate, (3-glycidoxypropyl) triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetra-i-propoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, Tetra -Butoxysilane, tetra-t-butoxysilane, tetrakis (methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis (methoxy-n-propoxysilane), tetrakis (ethoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis (methoxyethoxyethoxysilane), bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane Bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane, bis (triethoxysilyl) methane, bis (triethoxysilyl) ethane, bis (triethoxysilyl) ethylene, bis (triethoxysilyl) octane, bis (triethoxysilyl) octadiene, bis [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] disulfide, bis [3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl] tetrasulfide, di-t-butoxydiacetoxysilane, di-i-butoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, (Pentadionate) Titanium-O, O'-bis (oxyethyl) -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, phenylsilanetriol, methylphenylsilanediol, ethylphenylsilanediol, n-propylphenylsilanediol, isopropylphenylsilanediol, n-butyldiphenylsilanediol, isobutylphenylsilanediol, tert-butylphenylsilanediol, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, ethylmethylphenylsilanol, n-propylmethylphenylsilanol, Isopropylmethylphenylsilanol, n-butylmethylphenylsilanol, isobutylmethylphenylsilanol, ter -Butylmethylphenylsilanol, ethyl n-propylphenylsilanol, ethylisopropylphenylsilanol, n-butylethylphenylsilanol, isobutylethylphenylsilanol, tert-butylethylphenylsilanol, methyldiphenylsilanol, ethyldiphenylsilanol, n-propyldiphenylsilanol , Isopropyldiphenylsilanol, n-butyldiphenylsilanol, isobutyldiphenylsilanol, tert-butyldiphenylsilanol, triphenylsilanol, and the like, but are not limited thereto. These may be used alone or in combination.
有機ケイ素化合物としては、前記した有機ケイ素化合物の中でも、保存安定性の観点から、フェニルシラントリオール、トリメトキシフェニルシラン、トリメトキシ(p-トリル)シラン、ジフェニルシランジオール、ジメトキシジフェニルシラン、ジエトキシジフェニルシラン、ジメトキシジ-p-トリルシラン、トリフェニルシラノール、及び下記構造で表されるシランカップリング剤が好ましい。
有機ケイ素化合物は、単独で使用しても2つ以上混合して使用してもよい。有機ケイ素化合物を配合する場合の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、1~40質量部であることが好ましく、2~30質量部がより好ましく、4~20質量部がさらに好ましい。該化合物の配合量が1質量部以上であれば露光部の現像残渣が良好に低減されて、シリコン基板との密着性が良好であり、一方、40質量部以下であれば硬化後の膜の引っ張り伸び率が良好であり、良好な密着性とリソグラフィー性能を示す。 The organosilicon compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the organosilicon compound is blended, the blending amount is 1 to 40 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). The mass is preferably 2 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 4 to 20 parts by mass. If the compounding amount of the compound is 1 part by mass or more, the development residue in the exposed part is reduced satisfactorily and the adhesion to the silicon substrate is good. On the other hand, if it is 40 parts by mass or less, the cured film Tensile elongation is good, and shows good adhesion and lithography performance.
複素環構造化合物の具体的な化合物としては、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール、1,3-ジメチル-5-ピラゾロン、3,5-ジメチルピラゾール、5,5-ジメチルヒダントイン、3-メチル-5-ピラゾロン、3-メチル-1-フェニル-5-ピラゾロン、2-メチルイミダゾール、1,10-フェナントロリン、フェノチアジン、フェノキサジン、フェノキサチン、メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、メルカプトベンズオキサゾール、メチルチオベンゾチアゾール、ジベンゾチアジルジスルフィド、メチルチオベンズイミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、フェニルメルカプトチアゾリン、メルカプトフェニルテトラゾール、及びメルカプトメチルテトラゾール等が挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール類の例としては、下記一般式で表される化合物が挙げられる。
該複素環構造化合物の中でも、銅基板上における感度の観点から、5-メルカプト-1-フェニルテトラゾール、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、及び2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾールからなる群から選ばれる化合物がより好ましい。
これらの複素環構造化合物は単独で使用しても2つ以上混合して使用してもよい。
Among the heterocyclic structure compounds, 5-mercapto-1-phenyltetrazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoxazole from the viewpoint of sensitivity on a copper substrate A compound selected from the group consisting of:
These heterocyclic structure compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
複素環構造化合物を配合する場合の配合量は、一般式(1)で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂(c)との総量100質量部に対し、0.1~30質量部が好ましく、0.5~10質量部がより好ましい。複素環構造化合物の配合量が0.1質量部以上だと熱硬化後の膜の銅基板に対する接着性が良好になり、30質量部以下だと組成物の安定性が良好である。 The compounding amount in the case of compounding the heterocyclic structure compound is 0. 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymer (a) having the structural unit represented by the general formula (1) as a main component and the phenol resin (c). 1 to 30 parts by mass is preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable. When the compounding amount of the heterocyclic structure compound is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the adhesiveness of the heat-cured film to the copper substrate is good, and when it is 30 parts by mass or less, the stability of the composition is good.
<硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法、並びに半導体装置及び表示体装置>
本発明はまた、硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法であって、
(A)本発明の感光性樹脂組成物から成る感光性樹脂層を基板上に形成する工程、
(B)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程、
(C)現像液により露光部を除去して、レリーフパターンを得る工程、及び
(D)該レリーフパターンを加熱する工程、
を含む方法を提供する。本発明はまた、上記方法により製造された硬化レリーフパターンを提供する。以下具体的に説明する。
<Method for Manufacturing Cured Relief Pattern, Semiconductor Device, and Display Device>
The present invention is also a method for producing a cured relief pattern,
(A) a step of forming a photosensitive resin layer comprising the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention on a substrate;
(B) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(C) removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern; and (D) heating the relief pattern.
A method comprising: The present invention also provides a cured relief pattern produced by the above method. This will be specifically described below.
(A)感光性樹脂層を基板上に形成する工程
この工程では、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を、例えばシリコンウエハー、セラミック基板、アルミ基板等の基板に、スピンコーターを用いた回転塗布、又はダイコーター、若しくはロールコーター等のコータ-により塗布する。これをオーブンやホットプレートを用いて50~140℃で乾燥して溶媒を除去して、感光性樹脂層を形成する。膜厚の均一な塗布膜を得るという観点からスピンコーターを用いた回転塗布法が最も好ましい。
(A) Step of forming a photosensitive resin layer on a substrate In this step, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is spin-coated using a spin coater on a substrate such as a silicon wafer, a ceramic substrate, or an aluminum substrate, Alternatively, it is applied by a coater such as a die coater or a roll coater. This is dried at 50 to 140 ° C. using an oven or a hot plate to remove the solvent, thereby forming a photosensitive resin layer. From the viewpoint of obtaining a coating film having a uniform thickness, the spin coating method using a spin coater is most preferable.
(B)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程
次に、上記で得られた基板に対し、マスクを介して、コンタクトアライナーやステッパーを用いて化学線による露光を行うか、光線、電子線又はイオン線を直接照射する。
(B) Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer Next, the substrate obtained above is exposed to actinic radiation using a contact aligner or a stepper through a mask, or a light beam, an electron beam or an ion. Irradiate the line directly.
(C)現像液により露光部を除去して、レリーフパターンを得る工程
次に現像を、浸漬法、パドル法、回転スプレー法等の方法から選択して行うことができる。現像により、感光性樹脂層から、露光部を溶出除去し、レリーフパターンを得ることができる。現像液としては、水酸化ナトリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、トリエタノールアミン等の有機アミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の4級アンモニウム塩類等の水溶液、及び必要に応じてメタノール、エタノール等の水溶性有機溶媒又は界面活性剤を適当量添加した水溶液を使用することができる。これらの中で、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液が好ましく、該テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの濃度は、好ましくは、0.5~10質量%であり、さらに好ましくは、1~5質量%である。
(C) Step of removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern Next, development can be performed by selecting from methods such as dipping, paddle, and rotary spraying. By developing, the exposed portion can be eluted and removed from the photosensitive resin layer to obtain a relief pattern. Developers include inorganic alkalis such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, aqueous ammonia, organic amines such as ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. An aqueous solution such as a quaternary ammonium salt such as quaternary ammonium salt and an aqueous solution to which an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant is added as required can be used. Among these, an aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution is preferable, and the concentration of the tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5% by mass.
(D)該レリーフパターンを加熱する工程
続いて、得られたレリーフパターンを加熱することでキュアし、イミド環、オキサゾール環等を有する樹脂(例えばポリベンズオキサゾール構造を有する樹脂)を含む耐熱性硬化レリーフパターンを形成する。加熱装置としては、オーブン炉、ホットプレート、縦型炉、ベルトコンベアー炉、圧力オーブン等を使用することができ、加熱方法としては、熱風、赤外線、電磁誘導による加熱等が推奨される。温度は200~450℃が好ましく、250~400℃がより好ましい。加熱時間は15分~8時間が好ましく、15分~4時間がより好ましい。雰囲気としては、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガス中が好ましい。
(D) Step of heating the relief pattern Subsequently, the obtained relief pattern is cured by heating and heat-resistant curing including a resin having an imide ring, an oxazole ring, or the like (for example, a resin having a polybenzoxazole structure). A relief pattern is formed. As the heating device, an oven furnace, a hot plate, a vertical furnace, a belt conveyor furnace, a pressure oven, or the like can be used. As a heating method, heating by hot air, infrared rays, electromagnetic induction, or the like is recommended. The temperature is preferably 200 to 450 ° C, more preferably 250 to 400 ° C. The heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 8 hours, more preferably 15 minutes to 4 hours. The atmosphere is preferably in an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon.
本発明はまた、半導体素子と、該半導体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜が本発明の硬化レリーフパターンである、半導体装置を提供する。
本発明はまた、表示体素子と、該表示体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える表示体装置であって、該硬化膜が本発明の硬化レリーフパターンである、表示体装置を提供する。
The present invention also provides a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern of the present invention.
The present invention also provides a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern of the present invention. To do.
半導体装置用途の例としては、半導体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜を備えるものであって、その硬化膜が上述の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜からなる硬化レリーフパターンであるものが挙げられる。該硬化膜としては、半導体素子上のパッシベーション膜、パッシベーション膜上に上述の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜を形成してなるバッファーコート膜等の保護膜、また、半導体素子上に形成された回路上に上述の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜を形成してなる層間絶縁膜等の絶縁膜、また、α線遮断膜、平坦化膜、突起(樹脂ポスト)、隔壁等を挙げることができる。 Examples of semiconductor device applications include those having a cured film provided on top of a semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is a cured relief pattern comprising a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition. . Examples of the cured film include a passivation film on a semiconductor element, a protective film such as a buffer coat film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on the passivation film, and a circuit formed on the semiconductor element. Examples thereof include an insulating film such as an interlayer insulating film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition, an α-ray blocking film, a planarizing film, a protrusion (resin post), a partition wall, and the like.
表示体装置用途の例としては、表示体素子上に上述の感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜を形成して成る保護膜、TFT素子若しくはカラーフィルター用等の絶縁膜又は平坦化膜、MVA型液晶表示装置用等の突起、有機EL素子陰極用等の隔壁等を挙げることができる。その使用方法は、半導体装置用途に準じ、表示体素子又はカラーフィルターを形成した基板上にパターン化された感光性樹脂組成物の硬化膜を、上記の方法で形成することによるものである。
また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、多層回路の層間絶縁、フレキシブル銅張板のカバーコート、ソルダーレジスト膜、表示体装置の液晶配向膜等の用途、発光素子の用途にも有用である。
Examples of display device applications include a protective film formed by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on a display element, an insulating film or a planarizing film for TFT elements or color filters, MVA type liquid crystal Examples thereof include protrusions for display devices, partition walls for organic EL element cathodes, and the like. The use method is based on forming a cured film of the photosensitive resin composition patterned on the substrate on which the display element or color filter is formed according to the semiconductor device application by the above method.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is also useful for applications such as interlayer insulation for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, liquid crystal alignment films for display devices, and light emitting elements. .
<硬化膜>
本発明の別の実施の形態は、ポリイミド及びポリベンゾオキサゾールから成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂とフェノール樹脂を含有する硬化膜であって、
該硬化膜が、下記条件下、
プラズマ種:マイクロ波
処理ガス:O2
処理時間:60秒
のドライエッチング処理後の原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)を用いて測定した算術平均表面粗さ(以下、単に表面粗さということもある。):0.5~5.0nmを有する、硬化膜を提供する。上記表面粗さは、より具体的には、本開示の実施例の項に記載される方法又はこれと同等であることが当業者に理解される方法で測定される。
該硬化膜は、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物で構成される感光性樹脂層を基板に塗布すること、次いで露光、現像及び硬化を行うことによって得られる。該ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂、キノンジアジド化合物、フェノール樹脂、並びに溶剤を含有することができる。
<Curing film>
Another embodiment of the present invention is a cured film containing a phenol resin and at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polybenzoxazole,
The cured film has the following conditions:
Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2
Treatment time: Arithmetic average surface roughness measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) after 60 seconds of dry etching treatment (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as surface roughness): 0.5 to 5.0 nm A cured film is provided. More specifically, the surface roughness is measured by the method described in the Examples section of the present disclosure or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto.
The cured film is obtained by applying a photosensitive resin layer composed of a positive photosensitive resin composition to a substrate, and then performing exposure, development, and curing. The positive photosensitive resin composition can contain at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent.
上記表面粗さの範囲とすることで、硬化膜の白化を改善することができる。理論に拘束されることを望まないが、上記表面粗さは、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物における成分間の相溶性、特に、ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体と、フェノール樹脂との相溶性に左右されると推測される。
ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体と、フェノール樹脂とを含むポジ型感光性樹脂組成物の硬化時の感度を向上させるためには、フェノール樹脂量を増やすことが有効である。しかしフェノール樹脂量を増加させると、硬化膜が白化しやすくなる。この白化は、ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体と、フェノール樹脂との相溶性が低いことに起因すると推測される。
感度と白化防止とを両立するためには、フェノール樹脂の種類及び量を適切に制御することが有効である。
ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体と、フェノール樹脂との相溶性は、ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体の骨格構造(水酸基、エステル基等)、及びフェノールの骨格構造(水酸基濃度、水酸基距離等)に影響を受ける。従って例えば、特定構造のフェノール樹脂を比較的多量に用いることが有利である場合がある。
By setting the surface roughness within the range, whitening of the cured film can be improved. Although not wishing to be bound by theory, the surface roughness is determined by the compatibility between components in the positive photosensitive resin composition, in particular, the polyimide precursor and / or the polybenzoxazaol precursor, and the phenol resin. It is presumed that it depends on the compatibility.
In order to improve the sensitivity at the time of curing of a positive photosensitive resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and / or a polybenzoxazaol precursor and a phenol resin, it is effective to increase the amount of the phenol resin. However, when the amount of phenol resin is increased, the cured film tends to be whitened. This whitening is presumed to be caused by low compatibility between the polyimide precursor and / or the polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin.
In order to achieve both sensitivity and whitening prevention, it is effective to appropriately control the type and amount of the phenol resin.
The compatibility between the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin is such that the backbone structure (hydroxyl group, ester group, etc.) of the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor, and phenol It is influenced by the skeletal structure (hydroxyl group concentration, hydroxyl group distance, etc.). Therefore, for example, it may be advantageous to use a relatively large amount of a phenol resin having a specific structure.
上記観点から有利な各成分の例として、上記ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体の例としては、<感光性樹脂組成物>の項でポリマー(a)として前述したものを例示できる。また上記フェノール樹脂の例としては、<感光性樹脂組成物>の項でフェノール樹脂(c)として前述したものを例示できる。また上記溶剤の例としては、<感光性樹脂組成物>の項で有機溶媒として前述したものを例示できる。 As examples of components advantageous from the above viewpoint, examples of the polyimide precursor and the polybenzoxazaol precursor include those described above as the polymer (a) in the section <Photosensitive resin composition>. Moreover, as an example of the said phenol resin, what was mentioned above as a phenol resin (c) by the term of the <photosensitive resin composition> can be illustrated. Moreover, as an example of the said solvent, what was mentioned above as an organic solvent by the term of the <photosensitive resin composition> can be illustrated.
上記条件でドライエッチング処理した後の硬化膜の表面粗さが5.0nm以下であることは、ドライエッチング処理後の硬化膜の白化が防止されて、半導体プロセスの歩留りを向上することができることを示す。上記表面粗さは低い方が有利であるが、硬化膜とモールド樹脂との接着性の観点から0.5nm以上であってよい。上記表面粗さは、より好ましくは、0.5nm~4.5nmであり、0.5nm~4.0nmが特に好ましい。 That the surface roughness of the cured film after dry etching treatment under the above conditions is 5.0 nm or less can prevent whitening of the cured film after dry etching treatment and improve the yield of the semiconductor process. Show. The lower surface roughness is advantageous, but it may be 0.5 nm or more from the viewpoint of adhesion between the cured film and the mold resin. The surface roughness is more preferably 0.5 nm to 4.5 nm, and particularly preferably 0.5 nm to 4.0 nm.
上記表面粗さを上記範囲内に制御する観点において、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂:100質量部に対し、フェノール樹脂:20~200質量部を含有することが好ましく、フェノール樹脂:50~150質量部を含有することが特に好ましい。フェノール樹脂の含有量が20質量部以上であることは、硬化時の感度の観点から有利であり、200質量部以下であることは、耐熱性の観点、及び更には硬化膜の白化を防止する観点から有利である。 From the viewpoint of controlling the surface roughness within the above range, the positive photosensitive resin composition is based on at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor: 100 parts by mass. The phenolic resin preferably contains 20 to 200 parts by mass, and the phenolic resin contains 50 to 150 parts by mass. The phenol resin content of 20 parts by mass or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity during curing, and the content of 200 parts by mass or less prevents heat resistance and further prevents whitening of the cured film. It is advantageous from the viewpoint.
上記硬化膜を、空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理したときの重量減少変化率(以下、単に重量減少変化率ともいう。)は、0.1~3.0%であることが好ましい。本開示で、空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理したときの重量減少変化率は、下記式に従って算出される値である。
重量減少変化率(%)={熱処理中の最大重量(g)-熱処理中の最小重量(g)}/熱処理前の重量(g)*100
なお、上記重量変化率は、より具体的には、本開示の実施例の項に記載される方法又はこれと同等であることが当業者に理解される方法で測定される。
When the cured film is heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere, the weight loss change rate (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “weight loss change rate”) is preferably 0.1 to 3.0%. . In the present disclosure, the weight loss change rate when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere is a value calculated according to the following formula.
Rate of change in weight loss (%) = {maximum weight during heat treatment (g) −minimum weight during heat treatment (g)} / weight before heat treatment (g) * 100
More specifically, the weight change rate is measured by a method described in the Examples section of the present disclosure or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto.
また、本発明の別の実施の形態では、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂、キノンジアジド化合物、フェノール樹脂及び溶剤を含むポジ型感光性樹脂組成物で構成される感光性樹脂層を基板に塗布し、次いで露光、現像、及び硬化を行うことで得られる硬化膜であって、空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理した時の重量減少変化率が0.1~3.0%である硬化膜を提供する。 In another embodiment of the present invention, it is composed of a positive photosensitive resin composition containing at least one resin selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent. A cured film obtained by applying a photosensitive resin layer to a substrate and then performing exposure, development, and curing, and the weight loss change rate is 0 when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere. Provide a cured film that is 1-3.0%.
上記重量減少変化率は、感光性樹脂層が硬化する際の感度の指標であり、ポリイミド前駆体及び/又はポリベンゾオキサザオール前駆体、並びにフェノール樹脂の構造(特にエステル構造等)によって左右される。硬化膜を、空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理した時の硬化膜の重量減少変化率が3.0%以下であることは、感光性樹脂層から硬化膜が形成される際、すなわち硬化時の感度が良好であったことを意味し、硬化膜付チップを、ダイアタッチフィルムを介して複数層積層するスタックドCSPのような半導体プロセスにおいても、チップ積層時に、硬化膜から発生するガスが原因と考えられるダイアタッチフィルム剥離を防ぐことができることを示す。上記重量減少変化率は低い方が好ましいが、例えば0.1%以上であってよい。上記重量減少変化率は、より好ましくは、0.1~2.75%であり、0.1~2.5%が特に好ましい。 The rate of change in weight reduction is an index of sensitivity when the photosensitive resin layer is cured, and depends on the structure of the polyimide precursor and / or polybenzoxazaol precursor and the phenol resin (particularly, the ester structure). The When the cured film is heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere, the weight loss change rate of the cured film is 3.0% or less when the cured film is formed from the photosensitive resin layer, that is, This means that the sensitivity at the time of curing was good. Even in a semiconductor process such as a stacked CSP in which a plurality of chips with a cured film are laminated via a die attach film, gas generated from the cured film during chip lamination It shows that the die attach film peeling considered to be the cause can be prevented. The lower rate of change in weight loss is preferable, but it may be, for example, 0.1% or more. The weight loss change rate is more preferably 0.1 to 2.75%, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 2.5%.
空気雰囲気下、240℃にて10時間熱処理した時の硬化膜の重量減少変化率を上記範囲に制御する観点において、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂:100質量部に対し、フェノール樹脂:20~200質量部を含有することが好ましく、フェノール樹脂:50~150質量部を含有することが特に好ましい。フェノール樹脂の含有量が20質量部以上であることは、感度の観点から有利であり、200質量部以下であることは、硬化膜とダイアタッチフィルムとの接着強度の観点から有利である。 From the viewpoint of controlling the rate of change in weight reduction of the cured film when heat-treated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours in an air atmosphere, the positive photosensitive resin composition comprises a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor. It is preferable to contain 20 to 200 parts by mass of phenol resin and particularly preferably 50 to 150 parts by mass of phenol resin with respect to 100 parts by mass of at least one resin selected from the group. The phenol resin content of 20 parts by mass or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and the content of 200 parts by mass or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film.
キノンジアジド化合物の使用は、感度向上の観点から望ましい。上記キノンジアジド化合物の具体的な例としては、<感光性樹脂組成物>の項で前述したものを例示できる。キノンジアジド化合物の含有量は、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から成る群から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂と、フェノール樹脂との合計100質量部に対して、好ましくは1~50質量部、より好ましくは5~30質量部である。上記含有量が1質量部以上であると感度が良好であり、50質量部以下であると硬化膜とダイアタッチフィルムとの接着強度が良好である。 Use of a quinonediazide compound is desirable from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Specific examples of the quinonediazide compound include those described above in the section <Photosensitive resin composition>. The content of the quinonediazide compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor and a phenol resin, More preferably, it is 5 to 30 parts by mass. When the content is 1 part by mass or more, the sensitivity is good, and when it is 50 parts by mass or less, the adhesive strength between the cured film and the die attach film is good.
本開示の硬化膜の厚みは、典型的には、好ましくは1~50μm、より好ましくは2~30μm、更に好ましくは3~20μmであることができる。上記厚みが1μm以上であることは、保護膜、絶縁膜としての機能の発揮の観点から有利であり、50μm以下であることは不要なコスト増大を回避する観点から有利である。 The thickness of the cured film of the present disclosure is typically preferably 1 to 50 μm, more preferably 2 to 30 μm, and even more preferably 3 to 20 μm. The thickness of 1 μm or more is advantageous from the viewpoint of the function as a protective film and an insulating film, and the thickness of 50 μm or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of avoiding unnecessary cost increase.
以下、合成例、実施例及び比較例により本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
なお、実施例中の測定条件は以下に示すとおりである。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although a synthesis example, an Example, and a comparative example demonstrate this invention concretely, this invention is not limited to this.
In addition, the measurement conditions in an Example are as showing below.
<重量平均分子量(Mw)>
GPCにより、標準ポリスチレン(昭和電工社製 有機溶媒系標準試料 STANDARD SM-105)換算で算出した。使用したGPC装置及び測定条件は以下の通りである:
ポンプ:JASCO PU-980
検出器:JASCO RI-930
カラムオーブン:JASCO CO-965 40℃
カラム:Shodex KD-806M 直列に2本
移動相:0.1mol/l EtBr/N-メチルピロリドン
流速:1.0ml/min.
<Weight average molecular weight (Mw)>
It was calculated by GPC in terms of standard polystyrene (organic solvent standard sample STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko KK). The GPC apparatus used and the measurement conditions are as follows:
Pump: JASCO PU-980
Detector: JASCO RI-930
Column oven:
Column: Shodex KD-806M Two in series Mobile phase: 0.1 mol / l EtBr / N-methylpyrrolidone Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min.
<パターニング特性評価(感度、現像残膜率)>
・プリベーク膜の作製、及び膜厚測定
感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコーター(東京エレクトロン社製クリーントラックMark8)で6インチ・シリコンウエハーにスピン塗布し、ホットプレート上125℃で180秒間プリベークして評価用膜を得た。各組成物の初期膜厚は、320℃で30分キュアした時の硬化後樹脂膜厚で、5μmとなるように調整した。膜厚は膜厚測定装置(大日本スクリーン製造社製ラムダエース)にて測定した。
・露光
この塗膜に、テストパターン付きレチクルを通してi線(365nm)の露光波長を有するステッパー(ニコン社製NSR2005i8A)を用いて露光量を150mJ/cm2~800mJ/cm2へと段階的に変化させて露光した。
・現像
現像機(D-SPIN)にて23℃で2.38%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液AZ-300MIF(AZエレクトロニックマテリアルズ社製)を用いて80秒間現像し、純水でリンスし、レリーフパターンを形成した。
<Evaluation of patterning characteristics (sensitivity, residual film ratio)>
Preparation of pre-baked film and measurement of film thickness The photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on a 6-inch silicon wafer with a spin coater (Tokyo Electron Clean Track Mark 8), and pre-baked on a hot plate at 125 ° C. for 180 seconds for evaluation. A working membrane was obtained. The initial film thickness of each composition was adjusted to 5 μm with the resin film thickness after curing at 320 ° C. for 30 minutes. The film thickness was measured with a film thickness measuring device (Lambda Ace manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.).
- exposure to this coating film, stepwise change the exposure amount using a stepper (Nikon Corporation NSR2005i8A) having an exposure wavelength of i-line (365 nm) through a test pattern with the reticle to 150mJ / cm 2 ~ 800mJ / cm 2 And exposed.
・ Developing Developed with a developing machine (D-SPIN) at 23 ° C. using 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution AZ-300MIF (manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials) for 80 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and relief A pattern was formed.
[感度(mJ/cm2)]
上記条件で作製した塗膜において、露光部の100μm正方形レリーフパターンが完全に溶解除去しうる最小露光量を感度として評価した。
[現像残膜率(%)]
{(現像後の膜厚)/(初期の膜厚)}×100により求めた。
[Sensitivity (mJ / cm 2 )]
In the coating film produced on the said conditions, the minimum exposure amount which the 100 micrometer square relief pattern of an exposure part can melt | dissolve completely was evaluated as a sensitivity.
[Development residual film ratio (%)]
{(Film thickness after development) / (initial film thickness)} × 100.
<現像後の表面状態評価>
現像後の膜を目視で観察し、表面が白化しているものを「-2」とし、光学顕微鏡を用い、倍率500倍で暗視野で膜を観察し、表面に凹凸があり、膜を手で触った時に接触痕が残るものを「-1」、倍率500倍で暗視野で膜を観察し、表面に凹凸があるが、膜を手で触った時に接触痕が残らないものを「+1」、倍率500倍で暗視野で膜を観察し、表面に凸凹がなく均一な膜になっているものを「+2」とした。
この現像後の白化は、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂との相溶性が悪い場合に膜中で相分離が起こり、ポリマー(a)とフェノール樹脂のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の違いから現像後の膜表面が凸凹し、可視光波長域以上(数百nm以上)の周期の凹凸がある場合に起こる現象である。また、現像後の接触痕は、相分離により現像後可視光波長域以下(数十nm~数百nm)の周期の凹凸が表面に形成され、膜を手で触った際に、表面の凸部分が崩れることで膜に傷がつくことで起こる。相分離の周期が数十nm以下の状態では、現像後の膜表面を触っても、接触痕は発生せず、均一な膜となっている。
<Evaluation of surface condition after development>
The developed film is visually observed. The whitened surface is indicated as “−2”. Using an optical microscope, the film is observed in a dark field at a magnification of 500 times. "-1" indicates that contact marks remain when touched with, and observes the film in a dark field at a magnification of 500 times. The film was observed in a dark field at a magnification of 500 times, and the film having a uniform film with no irregularities on the surface was defined as “+2.”
This whitening after development is caused by phase separation in the film when the compatibility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin is poor, and the difference in solubility between the polymer (a) and the phenol resin in the alkaline developer is caused by This is a phenomenon that occurs when the film surface is uneven and has irregularities with a period longer than the visible light wavelength range (several hundred nm or more). In addition, contact marks after development have irregularities with a period of less than or equal to the visible light wavelength range after development (several tens to several hundreds of nm) formed on the surface due to phase separation. This occurs when the film is damaged by breaking the part. When the phase separation period is several tens of nanometers or less, contact marks are not generated even when the film surface after development is touched, and the film is uniform.
<硬化膜ドライエッチング処理後の表面状態評価>
[ドライエッチング後表面粗さ]
6インチシリコンウエハー上に、実施例及び比較例で得られた感光性樹脂組成物を、硬化後の膜厚が約10μmとなるように回転塗布し、120℃で180秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、塗膜を形成した。膜厚は大日本スクリーン製造社製膜厚測定装置(ラムダエース)にて測定した。この塗膜を窒素雰囲気下320℃、30分間加熱し、膜厚10μmの硬化膜を得た。
次に、得られた硬化膜付きウエハーを、高密度プラズマ装置(装置名:SWP、神港精機社製)を用いてドライエッチング処理した。処理条件は下記の通りである。
プラズマ種:マイクロ波
処理ガス:O2
ステージ温度:200℃
処理時間:60秒
続いて、ドライエッチング処理した硬化膜表面の表面粗さ測定、及び白化評価を行った。
表面粗さ測定は、原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)(装置名:Nanopics 1000、セイコーインスツルメンツ製)を用いて、5μm角の測定範囲に対する算術平均粗さRa(単位nm)を測定した。カンチレバーはNPX1CTP004を使用して、測定条件はDamping Mode、スキャン速度:50sec/FRAMEとした。測定結果を表4に示す。
<Evaluation of surface condition after dry etching of cured film>
[Surface roughness after dry etching]
The photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated on a 6-inch silicon wafer so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 μm, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120 ° C. for 180 seconds. And a coating film was formed. The film thickness was measured with a film thickness measuring device (Lambda Ace) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. This coating film was heated at 320 ° C. for 30 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a cured film having a thickness of 10 μm.
Next, the obtained wafer with a cured film was dry-etched using a high-density plasma apparatus (device name: SWP, manufactured by Shinko Seiki Co., Ltd.). The processing conditions are as follows.
Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2
Stage temperature: 200 ° C
Treatment time: 60 seconds Subsequently, surface roughness measurement and whitening evaluation of the surface of the cured film subjected to the dry etching treatment were performed.
The surface roughness was measured by using an atomic force microscope (AFM) (device name: Nanopics 1000, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) to measure the arithmetic average roughness Ra (unit: nm) for a measurement range of 5 μm square. The cantilever was NPX1CTP004, the measurement conditions were Damping Mode, and the scan speed was 50 sec / FRAME. Table 4 shows the measurement results.
[ドライエッチング後白化評価]
白化評価は、ドライエッチング処理した硬化膜の表面を、光学顕微鏡(製品名:ECLIPSE L200、ニコン製)で観察することにより行った。白化は以下の基準で評価した。評価結果を表4に示す。
良:異常なし。
やや不良:硬化膜の一部に白化が認められる。
不良:硬化膜の多くの箇所に白化が認められる。
[Evaluation of whitening after dry etching]
The whitening evaluation was performed by observing the surface of the dry-etched cured film with an optical microscope (product name: ECLIPSE L200, manufactured by Nikon). Whitening was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
Good: No abnormality.
Slightly poor: Whitening is observed in part of the cured film.
Poor: Whitening is observed in many parts of the cured film.
<ダイアタッチフィルム接着強度評価>
[ダイアタッチフィルム接着強度評価]
6インチシリコンウエハー上に、実施例及び比較例で得られた感光性樹脂組成物を、硬化後の膜厚が約10μmとなるように回転塗布し、120℃で180秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、塗膜を形成した。膜厚は大日本スクリーン製造社製膜厚測定装置(ラムダエース)にて測定した。この塗膜を窒素雰囲気下320℃にて30分間加熱し、膜厚10μmの硬化膜を得た。次にこの硬化膜付ウエハーを、ダイシングソー(装置名:DAD3350、ディスコ製)を用いてダイシングし、サイズ8.0mm×8.0mm×0.3mm厚の硬化膜付チップを得た。
<Die attach film adhesive strength evaluation>
[Die attach film adhesive strength evaluation]
The photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated on a 6-inch silicon wafer so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 μm, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120 ° C. for 180 seconds. And a coating film was formed. The film thickness was measured with a film thickness measuring device (Lambda Ace) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. This coating film was heated at 320 ° C. for 30 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a cured film having a thickness of 10 μm. Next, this wafer with a cured film was diced using a dicing saw (device name: DAD3350, manufactured by Disco) to obtain a chip with a cured film having a size of 8.0 mm × 8.0 mm × 0.3 mm.
続いてシリコンウエハーに、ダイボンドフィルム(製品名:DF-375、日立化成工業製)を貼り付け、上記で得た硬化膜チップ{サイズ8.0mm×8.0mm×0.3mm厚(面積64mm2)}をピッチ80μmで縦に4個、横に6個、計24個配置し、該シリコンウエハーに貼りつけたダイボンドフィルムを、圧着温度240℃、荷重1.96N、圧着時間10秒の条件で圧着(シリコンウエハー/ダイボンドフィルム/硬化膜付チップの順)し、さらに180℃で1時間ベークを行った。 Subsequently, a die bond film (product name: DF-375, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was attached to the silicon wafer, and the cured film chip obtained above {size 8.0 mm × 8.0 mm × 0.3 mm (area 64 mm 2) )} Is arranged at a pitch of 80 μm, 4 in the vertical direction and 6 in the horizontal direction, for a total of 24. Crimping was performed (in the order of silicon wafer / die bond film / chip with cured film), followed by baking at 180 ° C. for 1 hour.
ここでスタックドCSPのようなチップを積層した半導体の場合、上記熱圧着、ベークが繰り返し行われることになる。そのような場合を想定して、圧着温度240℃、荷重1.96N、圧着時間10秒の条件の熱圧着及び、180℃で1時間ベークを、全部で10回繰り返した。 Here, in the case of a semiconductor in which chips such as a stacked CSP are stacked, the above-described thermocompression bonding and baking are repeatedly performed. Assuming such a case, thermocompression bonding under conditions of a pressure bonding temperature of 240 ° C., a load of 1.96 N and a pressure bonding time of 10 seconds and baking at 180 ° C. for 1 hour were repeated 10 times in total.
次に、シリコンウエハー/ダイボンドフィルム/硬化膜付チップからなるサンプルの接着強度を測定した。接着強度は、卓上型強度試験機(製品名:万能型ボンドテスターシリーズ4000、DAGE社製)を用いて、サンプルを260℃に加熱した条件で測定した。各実施例及び比較例について24個のサンプルを測定し、接着強度はその平均値を用いた。以下の基準で接着強度を評価した。評価結果を表5に示す。
良:接着強度の平均値が1Nより大きい
不良:接着強度の平均値が1N以下
接着強度の平均値が1N以下のサンプルについては、熱圧着及び、ベークを繰り返す間に硬化膜からガス等が発生し、接着強度が低下したと推定される。
Next, the adhesive strength of the sample consisting of silicon wafer / die bond film / chip with cured film was measured. The adhesive strength was measured using a desktop strength tester (product name: universal bond tester series 4000, manufactured by DAGE) under the condition that the sample was heated to 260 ° C. For each example and comparative example, 24 samples were measured, and the average value was used for the adhesive strength. The adhesive strength was evaluated according to the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5.
Good: The average value of adhesive strength is greater than 1N. Bad: The average value of adhesive strength is 1N or less. For samples with an average value of adhesive strength of 1N or less, gas is generated from the cured film during repeated thermocompression bonding and baking. It is estimated that the adhesive strength has decreased.
[240℃、10時間熱処理後の重量変化]
本測定用サンプルを以下の方法で作製した。最表面にアルミ蒸着層を設けた6インチシリコンウエハー基板に、実施例及び比較例で得られた感光性樹脂組成物を、硬化後の膜厚が約10μmとなるように回転塗布し、120℃で180秒間ホットプレートにてプリベークを行い、塗膜を形成した。膜厚は大日本スクリーン製造社製膜厚測定装置(ラムダエース)にて測定した。この塗膜を窒素雰囲気下320℃にて30分間加熱し、膜厚10μmの硬化膜を得た。得られた硬化膜を、ダイシングソーで3mm幅にカットした後に、希塩酸水溶液によりウエハーから剥離し、膜厚約10μm、幅3mmの硬化膜片を得た。この硬化膜片を、熱分析装置(島津製作所製、型式名DTG-60)を用いて240℃にて10時間加熱したときの重量変化率を測定した。測定条件は以下の通りであった。
試料長:10mm
定荷重:200g/mm2
測定温度範囲:240℃
昇温速度:0℃/分(一定)
測定雰囲気:空気
重量変化率は、熱処理前及び熱処理中に測定される硬化膜の重量に基づき、下記式から求めた。測定結果を表5に示す。
重量変化率(%)=
{熱処理中の最大重量(g)-熱処理中の最小重量(g)}/熱処理前の重量(g)×100
[Weight change after heat treatment at 240 ° C. for 10 hours]
The sample for this measurement was produced by the following method. The photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were spin-coated on a 6-inch silicon wafer substrate provided with an aluminum vapor deposition layer on the outermost surface so that the film thickness after curing was about 10 μm, and 120 ° C. Then, pre-baking was performed on a hot plate for 180 seconds to form a coating film. The film thickness was measured with a film thickness measuring device (Lambda Ace) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. This coating film was heated at 320 ° C. for 30 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a cured film having a thickness of 10 μm. The obtained cured film was cut to a width of 3 mm with a dicing saw and then peeled from the wafer with a dilute hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to obtain a cured film piece having a thickness of about 10 μm and a width of 3 mm. The weight change rate when this cured film piece was heated at 240 ° C. for 10 hours using a thermal analyzer (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, model name: DTG-60) was measured. The measurement conditions were as follows.
Sample length: 10mm
Constant load: 200 g / mm 2
Measurement temperature range: 240 ° C
Temperature increase rate: 0 ° C / min (constant)
Measurement atmosphere: The air weight change rate was calculated from the following formula based on the weight of the cured film measured before and during the heat treatment. Table 5 shows the measurement results.
Weight change rate (%) =
{Maximum weight during heat treatment (g) −Minimum weight during heat treatment (g)} / Weight before heat treatment (g) × 100
[合成例1]
<ジアミン化合物の合成>
乾燥窒素気流下、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン(以下「6FAP」ともいう。)18.3g(0.05モル)をアセトン100mL 、プロピレンオキシド17.4g(0.3モル)に溶解させ、-15℃に冷却した。ここに4-ニトロベンゾイルクロリド20.4g(0.11モル)をアセトン100mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下した。滴下終了後、-15℃で4時間反応させ、その後室温に戻した。析出した白色固体をろ別し、50℃で真空乾燥した。
[Synthesis Example 1]
<Synthesis of diamine compound>
Under a dry nitrogen stream, 18.3 g (0.05 mol) of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane (hereinafter also referred to as “6FAP”) was added to 100 mL of acetone and 17.4 g of propylene oxide. (0.3 mol) and cooled to -15 ° C. A solution prepared by dissolving 20.4 g (0.11 mol) of 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride in 100 mL of acetone was added dropwise thereto. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was reacted at −15 ° C. for 4 hours and then returned to room temperature. The precipitated white solid was filtered off and vacuum dried at 50 ° C.
固体30gをGBL300mLのステンレスオートクレーブに入れ、メチルセルソルブ250mLに分散させ、5%パラジウム-炭素を2g加えた。ここに水素を風船で導入して、還元反応を室温で行った。約2時間後、風船がこれ以上しぼまないことを確認して反応を終了させた。反応終了後、ろ過して触媒であるパラジウム化合物を除き、ロータリーエバポレーターで濃縮し、下記構造のジアミン(1)を得た。得られた固体をそのまま反応に使用した。 30 g of the solid was placed in a 300 mL GBL stainless steel autoclave, dispersed in 250 mL of methyl cellosolve, and 2 g of 5% palladium-carbon was added. Hydrogen was introduced here with a balloon and the reduction reaction was carried out at room temperature. After about 2 hours, the reaction was terminated by confirming that the balloons did not squeeze any more. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst was filtered to remove the palladium compound as a catalyst, and the mixture was concentrated with a rotary evaporator to obtain diamine (1) having the following structure. The obtained solid was used for the reaction as it was.
[合成例2]
<ビス(カルボキシ)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンの製造>
テフロン(登録商標)製の碇型攪拌器を取り付けた、ガラス製のセパラブル3つ口フラスコに、トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンジメタノール(東京化成工業社製)71.9g(0.366mol)をアセトニトリル1Lに溶解したもの、イオン交換水1.4Lにりん酸水素二ナトリウム256.7g(1.808mol)、りん酸二水素ナトリウム217.1g(1.809mol)を溶解したものを入れた。これに、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(東京化成工業社製以下、「TEMPO」ともいう。)2.8g(0.0179モル)を添加し、攪拌して溶解させた。80%亜塩素酸ナトリウム143.2g(1.267mol)をイオン交換水850mLで希釈し、これを反応液に滴下した。次いで、5質量%ジ亜塩素酸ナトリウム水溶液3.7mLをイオン交換水7mLで希釈したものを、反応液に滴下した。この反応液を、恒温層により35~38℃に保ち、20時間攪拌して反応させた。
[Synthesis Example 2]
<Preparation of bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] decane>
Teflon was attached (registered trademark) of anchor-type agitator, (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) to a glass separable three-necked flask, tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] decanedimethanol 71. Dissolve 9 g (0.366 mol) in 1 L of acetonitrile, dissolve 256.7 g (1.808 mol) of disodium hydrogen phosphate and 217.1 g (1.809 mol) of sodium dihydrogen phosphate in 1.4 L of ion-exchanged water. I put what I did. To this, 2.8 g (0.0179 mol) of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (hereinafter also referred to as “TEMPO” manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and dissolved by stirring. I let you. 143.2 g (1.267 mol) of 80% sodium chlorite was diluted with 850 mL of ion-exchanged water, and this was added dropwise to the reaction solution. Subsequently, what diluted 3.7 mL of 5 mass% sodium dichlorite aqueous solution with 7 mL of ion-exchange water was dripped at the reaction liquid. This reaction solution was kept at 35 to 38 ° C. by a constant temperature layer and stirred for 20 hours to be reacted.
反応後、反応液を12℃に冷却し、イオン交換水300mLに亜硫酸ナトリウム75gを溶解させた水溶液を反応液に滴下し、過剰の亜塩素酸ナトリウムを失活させた後、500mLの酢酸エチルで洗浄した。その後、10%塩酸115mLを滴下して反応液のpHを3~4に調整し、デカンテーションにより沈殿物を回収した。この沈殿物をテトラヒドロフラン200mLに溶解した。また、水層を500mLの酢酸エチルで2回抽出した後、食塩水で洗浄し、析出物を同じくテトラヒドロフランの溶液に溶解した。これらのテトラヒドロフラン溶液を混ぜて、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。この溶液をエバポレーターで濃縮、乾燥させることで、ビス(カルボキシ)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカン58.4g(収率71.1%)の白い結晶物を得た。 After the reaction, the reaction solution is cooled to 12 ° C., an aqueous solution in which 75 g of sodium sulfite is dissolved in 300 mL of ion-exchanged water is added dropwise to the reaction solution, the excess sodium chlorite is deactivated, and then with 500 mL of ethyl acetate. Washed. Thereafter, 115 mL of 10% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise to adjust the pH of the reaction solution to 3 to 4, and the precipitate was collected by decantation. This precipitate was dissolved in 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with 500 mL of ethyl acetate and then washed with brine, and the precipitate was dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran solution. These tetrahydrofuran solutions were mixed and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solution concentrated in an evaporator, followed by drying, to obtain a bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] white crystalline product with decane 58.4 g (71.1% yield).
[合成例3]
<ビス(クロロカルボニル)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンの製造>
合成例2で得たビス(カルボキシ)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカン62.5g(278mmol)、塩化チオニル97mL(1.33mol)、ピリジン0.4mL(5.0mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、25~50℃で18時間攪拌し、反応させた。反応終了後、トルエンを加え、減圧下で、過剰の塩化チオニルをトルエンと共沸させることで除去することで濃縮し、オイル状のビス(クロロカルボニル)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンを73.3g(収率100%)得た。
[Synthesis Example 3]
<Preparation of bis (chlorocarbonyl) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] decane>
62.5 g (278 mmol) of bis (carboxy) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decane obtained in Synthesis Example 2; 97 mL (1.33 mol) of thionyl chloride; and 0.4 mL (5.0 mmol) of pyridine. The reaction vessel was charged and stirred at 25-50 ° C. for 18 hours for reaction. After completion of the reaction, toluene was added, and the mixture was concentrated by removing excess thionyl chloride by azeotroping with toluene under reduced pressure. Oily bis (chlorocarbonyl) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2, 6 ] 73.3 g (100% yield) of decane was obtained.
[合成例4]
容量1Lのセパラブルフラスコに、ポリヒドロキシ化合物として4,4’-(1-(2-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-プロピル)フェニル)エチリデン)ビスフェノール(本州化学工業社製、商品名:Tris-PA)化合物30g(0.0707mol)を入れ、これに、該化合物のOH基の83.3モル%に相当する量の1,2-ナフトキノンジアジド-4-スルホニルクロライド47.49g(0.177mol)をアセトン300gに撹拌溶解したものを添加した後、フラスコを恒温槽にて30℃に調整した。次にアセトン18gにトリエチルアミン17.9gを溶解したものを滴下ロートに仕込んだ後、これを30分かけてフラスコ中へ滴下した。滴下終了後更に30分間撹拌を続け、その後塩酸を滴下し、更に30分間撹拌を行い反応を終了させた。その後濾過し、トリエチルアミン塩酸塩を除去した。得られた濾液を、純水1640gと塩酸30gを混合撹拌した3Lビーカーに撹拌しながら滴下し、析出物を得た。この析出物を水洗、濾過した後、40℃減圧下で48時間乾燥し、キノンジアジド化合物(Q-1)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 4]
In a 1 L separable flask, 4,4 ′-(1- (2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-propyl) phenyl) ethylidene) bisphenol (manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Tris) as a polyhydroxy compound -PA) 30 g (0.0707 mol) of the compound was added, and 47.49 g (0.177 mol) of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride in an amount corresponding to 83.3 mol% of the OH group of the compound was added thereto. ) Was stirred and dissolved in 300 g of acetone, and the flask was adjusted to 30 ° C. in a thermostatic bath. Next, a solution obtained by dissolving 17.9 g of triethylamine in 18 g of acetone was charged into a dropping funnel and then dropped into the flask over 30 minutes. Stirring was continued for another 30 minutes after completion of the dropping, and then hydrochloric acid was dropped, and stirring was further performed for 30 minutes to complete the reaction. Thereafter, filtration was performed to remove triethylamine hydrochloride. The obtained filtrate was added dropwise with stirring to a 3 L beaker in which 1640 g of pure water and 30 g of hydrochloric acid were mixed and stirred to obtain a precipitate. This precipitate was washed with water, filtered, and then dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 48 hours to obtain a quinonediazide compound (Q-1).
[合成例5]
<(a)ヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-1)の合成>
乾燥窒素気流下、合成例1で得られたジアミン(1)13.6g(0.0225モル)、末端封止剤として、4-エチニルアニリン(商品名:P-APAC、富士写真フイルム(株)製)0.29g(0.0025モル)をN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)50gに溶解させた。ここに3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物7.75g(0.025モル)をピリジン30gとともに加えて、60℃で6時間反応させた。反応終了後、溶液を水2Lに投入して、ポリマー固体の沈殿をろ過で集めた。ポリマー固体を50℃の真空乾燥機で60時間乾燥し、下記式:
<Synthesis of (a) hydroxy polyamide resin (P-1)>
Under a dry nitrogen stream, 13.6 g (0.0225 mol) of diamine (1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 and 4-ethynylaniline (trade name: P-APAC, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) as a terminal blocking agent 0.29 g (0.0025 mol) was dissolved in 50 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP). To this, 7.75 g (0.025 mol) of 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride was added together with 30 g of pyridine, and reacted at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solution was poured into 2 L of water, and a polymer solid precipitate was collected by filtration. The polymer solid was dried in a vacuum dryer at 50 ° C. for 60 hours, and the following formula:
このようにして合成されたヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-1)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレン換算で15,700の単一のシャープな曲線であり、単一組成物であることを確認した。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin (P-1) synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 15,700 in terms of polystyrene, indicating that it is a single composition. confirmed.
[合成例6]
<(a)ヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-2)の合成>
テフロン(登録商標)製の碇型攪拌器を取り付けた、容量500mLの三口フラスコに4,4-ビフェノール(東京化成工業社製)3.72g(0.02mol)、合成例3で製造したビス(クロロカルボニル)トリシクロ[5,2,1,02,6]デカンを47.0g(0.175mol)及びGBL66.9gを室温(20~25℃前後)で混合攪拌した溶液に、別途GBL142.3g中にピリジン9.49g(0.12mol)を混合させたものを、滴下ロートより滴下した。滴下に要した時間は25分、反応液温は最大で40℃であった。
[Synthesis Example 6]
<(A) Synthesis of hydroxypolyamide resin (P-2)>
In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a Teflon (registered trademark) vertical stirrer, 3.72 g (0.02 mol) of 4,4-biphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the bis produced in Synthesis Example 3 ( a chlorocarbonyl) tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6] decane 47.0 g (0.175 mol) and the solution was stirred and mixed at room temperature (20 ~ 25 ° C. so) the GBL66.9G, separately GBL142.3g A mixture in which 9.49 g (0.12 mol) of pyridine was mixed was dropped from a dropping funnel. The time required for the dropping was 25 minutes, and the maximum reaction solution temperature was 40 ° C.
滴下後、1時間攪拌した反応溶液を、別途テフロン(登録商標)製の碇型攪拌器を取り付けた容量2Lのセパラブルフラスコ中で、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-ヘキサフルオロプロパン(以下、「6FAP」ともいう。)65.9g(0.18mol)、ピリジン14.8g(0.19mol)、GBL217g及びDMAc72.5gを入れ室温で混合攪拌し溶解させ、その反応容器をアイスバスに浸して-15℃に冷却した溶液に、滴下ロートを用いて滴下した。反応系中は-15~0℃に保って1時間を要して反応容器に滴下した。 After the dropwise addition, the reaction solution stirred for 1 hour was added to 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) in a 2 L separable flask equipped with a separate Teflon (registered trademark) vertical stirrer. -Hexafluoropropane (hereinafter also referred to as "6FAP") 65.9 g (0.18 mol), 14.8 g (0.19 mol) of pyridine, 217 g of GBL and 72.5 g of DMAc were mixed and stirred at room temperature to dissolve, and the reaction The container was immersed in an ice bath and dropped into a solution cooled to −15 ° C. using a dropping funnel. The reaction system was maintained at −15 to 0 ° C. and took 1 hour, and was dropped into the reaction vessel.
滴下終了後、アイスバスを外し、0~10℃に保って1時間攪拌し、さらにピリジン4.74g(0.06mol)を添加した。その後、反応液を室温に戻し、5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸無水物(東京化成工業社製)24.6g(0.15mol)とピリジン11.8g(0.15mol)を加え、50℃の湯浴に浸して、反応液を24時間攪拌した。 After completion of the dropwise addition, the ice bath was removed, the mixture was stirred at 1 ° C. for 1 hour, and 4.74 g (0.06 mol) of pyridine was added. Thereafter, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature, and 24.6 g (0.15 mol) of 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 11.8 g (0.15 mol) of pyridine were added. The reaction solution was immersed in a hot water bath at 0 ° C. for 24 hours.
上記反応液にエタノールを加えていき、重合体を析出させた後、回収し、GBL646gに溶解させた。次いで、陽イオン交換樹脂(オルガノ社製、アンバーリストA21)62.1g、陰イオン交換樹脂(オルガノ社製、アンバーリスト15)59.6gでイオン交換した。この溶液をイオン交換水12Lに高速攪拌下で滴下し、重合体を分散析出させ、回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥し、下記式:
の構造を有するヒドロキシポリアミド(P-2)の粉体を得た。
Ethanol was added to the reaction solution to precipitate a polymer, and then recovered and dissolved in 646 g of GBL. Subsequently, ion exchange was performed with 62.1 g of a cation exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst A21) and 59.6 g of an anion exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst 15). This solution was dropped into 12 L of ion-exchanged water under high-speed stirring, and the polymer was dispersed and precipitated, recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated, and vacuum-dried.
A hydroxypolyamide (P-2) powder having the following structure was obtained.
このようにして合成されたヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレン換算で12,700の単一のシャープな曲線であり、単一組成物であることを確認した。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 12,700 in terms of polystyrene, confirming that it is a single composition.
図1に、得られたヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-2)の13C-NMR結果を示す。138ppm付近及び150ppm付近にビフェニル骨格に由来するカーボンピークが観測され、更に174-176ppm付近にエステル基由来のピークが観測された。 FIG. 1 shows the 13 C-NMR result of the resulting hydroxypolyamide resin (P-2). A carbon peak derived from the biphenyl skeleton was observed near 138 ppm and 150 ppm, and a peak derived from an ester group was observed near 174 to 176 ppm.
[合成例7]
<(a)ヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-3)の合成>
テフロン(登録商標)製の碇型攪拌器を取り付けた容量1Lのセパラブルフラスコ中で、合成例6で製造したP-2を59g(0.1mol)、トリエチルアミン(東京化成工業社製)0.94g(0.0093mol)、GBL240gを入れ室温で混合攪拌し溶解させた溶液に、ベンゾイルクロリド(東京化成工業社製)1.3g(0.0093mol)にGBL5gで溶解した溶液を滴下ロートより滴下し、24時間撹拌した。
[Synthesis Example 7]
<(A) Synthesis of hydroxypolyamide resin (P-3)>
59 g (0.1 mol) of P-2 prepared in Synthesis Example 6 and triethylamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) To a solution in which 94 g (0.0093 mol) and GBL 240 g were mixed and stirred and dissolved at room temperature, a solution prepared by dissolving 5 g of GBL in 1.3 g (0.0093 mol) of benzoyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dropped from a dropping funnel. For 24 hours.
上記反応液を陽イオン交換樹脂(オルガノ社製、アンバーリストA21)3.0g、陰イオン交換樹脂(オルガノ社製、アンバーリスト15)3.0gでイオン交換した。この溶液をイオン交換水6Lに高速攪拌下で滴下し、重合体を分散析出させ、回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥し、下記式:
の構造を有するヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-3)の粉体を得た。
The reaction solution was ion-exchanged with 3.0 g of a cation exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst A21) and 3.0 g of an anion exchange resin (manufactured by Organo, Amberlyst 15). This solution was dropped into 6 L of ion-exchanged water under high-speed stirring, and the polymer was dispersed and precipitated, recovered, washed with water, dehydrated appropriately, and vacuum-dried.
A powder of hydroxypolyamide resin (P-3) having the following structure was obtained.
このようにして合成されたヒドロキシポリアミド樹脂(P-3)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレン換算で12,800の単一のシャープな曲線であり、単一組成物であることを確認した。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC of the hydroxypolyamide resin (P-3) synthesized in this way is a single sharp curve of 12,800 in terms of polystyrene, indicating that it is a single composition. confirmed.
[合成例8]
始めに容量1.0Lのディーン・スターク装置付きセパラブルフラスコを窒素置換し、その後、該セパラブルフラスコ中で、レゾルシン81.3g(0.738mol)、4,4’-ビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル(BMMB)84.8g(0.35mol)、p-トルエンスルホン酸3.81g(0.02mol)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)116gを50℃で混合攪拌し、固形物を溶解させた。溶解させた混合溶液をオイルバスにより120℃に加温し、反応液よりメタノールの発生を確認した。そのまま120℃で反応液を3時間攪拌した。
[Synthesis Example 8]
First, the separable flask with a Dean-Stark apparatus having a capacity of 1.0 L was purged with nitrogen, and then, in the separable flask, 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcin, 4,4′-bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl (BMMB) 84.8 g (0.35 mol), p-toluenesulfonic acid 3.81 g (0.02 mol), and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) 116 g were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. to dissolve the solid matter. The dissolved mixed solution was heated to 120 ° C. with an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred at 120 ° C. for 3 hours.
次に、別途容器で2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-p-クレゾール24.9g(0.150mol)、PGME499gを混合撹拌し、均一溶解させた溶液を、滴下漏斗を用いて、該セパラブルフラスコに1時間で滴下し、滴下後更に2時間撹拌した。反応終了後、反応容器を大気中で冷却し、これに別途PGME50gを加えて攪拌した。上記反応希釈液を8Lの水に高速攪拌下で滴下し樹脂を分散析出させ、これを回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥を施し、下記式:
の構造を有するフェノール樹脂(N-1)を得た。合成された樹脂のGPCによる重量平均分子量は、ポリスチレン換算で9,900であった。
Next, in a separate container, 24.9 g (0.150 mol) of 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -p-cresol and 499 g of PGME were mixed and stirred, and the uniformly dissolved solution was added to the separable solution using a dropping funnel. The solution was added dropwise to the flask in 1 hour, and stirred for another 2 hours after the addition. After completion of the reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
A phenol resin (N-1) having the following structure was obtained. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 9,900 in terms of polystyrene.
図2に、得られたフェノール樹脂(N-1)の1H-NMR結果を示す。 FIG. 2 shows the 1 H-NMR result of the obtained phenol resin (N-1).
[合成例9]
始めに容量1.0Lのディーン・スターク装置付きセパラブルフラスコを窒素置換し、その後、該セパラブルフラスコ中で、レゾルシン99.1g(0.9mol)、2,6-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)-p-クレゾール116.4g(0.7mol)、p-トルエンスルホン酸3.81g(0.02mol)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)116gを50℃で混合攪拌し、固形物を溶解させた。溶解させた混合溶液をオイルバスにより120℃に加温し、反応液よりメタノールの発生を確認した。そのまま120℃で反応液を3時間攪拌した。
[Synthesis Example 9]
First, a separable flask having a volume of 1.0 L with a Dean-Stark apparatus was purged with nitrogen, and thereafter, 99.1 g (0.9 mol) of resorcin, 2,6-bis (hydroxymethyl) -p -Cresol 116.4 g (0.7 mol), p-toluenesulfonic acid 3.81 g (0.02 mol) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) 116 g were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. to dissolve the solid matter. The dissolved mixed solution was heated to 120 ° C. with an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed from the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred at 120 ° C. for 3 hours.
反応終了後、反応容器を大気中で冷却し、これに別途PGME50gを加えて攪拌した。上記反応希釈液を8Lの水に高速攪拌下で滴下し樹脂を分散析出させ、これを回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥を施し、下記式:
の構造を有するフェノール樹脂(N-2)を得た。合成された樹脂のGPCによる重量平均分子量は、ポリスチレン換算で9,400であった。
After completion of the reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
A phenol resin (N-2) having the following structure was obtained. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 9,400 in terms of polystyrene.
[合成例10]
始めに容量1.0Lのディーン・スターク装置付きセパラブルフラスコを窒素置換し、その後、該セパラブルフラスコ中で、m-クレゾール51.85g(0.48mol)、p-クレゾール34.6g(0.32mol)、サリチルアルデヒド86.2g(0.71mol)、p-トルエンスルホン酸2.69g(0.014mol)を混合攪拌した。溶解させた混合溶液をオイルバスにより100℃に加温し2時間撹拌した後、適宜、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルを加えながら150℃で8時間攪拌した。反応終了後、反応容器を大気中で冷却し、これに別途PGME100gを加えて攪拌した。上記反応希釈液を8Lの水に高速攪拌下で滴下し樹脂を分散析出させ、これを回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥を施し、下記式:
の構造を有するフェノール樹脂(N-3)を得た。合成された樹脂のGPCによる重量平均分子量は、ポリスチレン換算で10,600であった。
[Synthesis Example 10]
First, a 1.0 L separable flask equipped with a Dean-Stark apparatus was purged with nitrogen. Thereafter, 51.85 g (0.48 mol) of m-cresol and 34.6 g of p-cresol (0. 32 mol), 86.2 g (0.71 mol) of salicylaldehyde and 2.69 g (0.014 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid were mixed and stirred. The dissolved mixed solution was heated to 100 ° C. with an oil bath and stirred for 2 hours, and then stirred at 150 ° C. for 8 hours while appropriately adding dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether. After completion of the reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
A phenol resin (N-3) having the structure: The weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 10,600 in terms of polystyrene.
[合成例11]
始めに容量1.0Lのディーン・スターク装置付きセパラブルフラスコを窒素置換し、その後、該セパラブルフラスコ中で、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール109.0g(0.8mol)、サリチルアルデヒド42.73g(0.35mol)、p-トルエンスルホン酸2.69g(0.014mol)を混合攪拌した。溶解させた混合溶液をオイルバスにより100℃に加温し2時間撹拌した後、適宜、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルを加えながら150℃で8時間攪拌した後、液温を80℃まで冷却した。
次に、37%ホルマリン28.4gを、滴下漏斗を用いて、該セパラブルフラスコに1時間で滴下し、滴下後更に2時間撹拌した。
[Synthesis Example 11]
First, a 1.0 L separable flask equipped with a Dean-Stark apparatus was purged with nitrogen. Then, in this separable flask, 109.0 g (0.8 mol) of 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, salicylaldehyde 42. 73 g (0.35 mol) and 2.69 g (0.014 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid were mixed and stirred. The dissolved mixed solution was heated to 100 ° C. with an oil bath and stirred for 2 hours, and then stirred for 8 hours at 150 ° C. while appropriately adding dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, and then the liquid temperature was cooled to 80 ° C.
Next, 28.4 g of 37% formalin was dropped into the separable flask over 1 hour using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours after dropping.
反応終了後、反応容器を大気中で冷却し、これに別途PGME100gを加えて攪拌した。上記反応希釈液を8Lの水に高速攪拌下で滴下し樹脂を分散析出させ、これを回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥を施し、下記式:
の構造を有するフェノール樹脂(N-4)を得た。合成された樹脂のGPCによる重量平均分子量は、ポリスチレン換算で9,200であった。
After completion of the reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The reaction diluted solution is dropped into 8 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, which is recovered, appropriately washed with water, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried.
A phenol resin (N-4) having the following structure was obtained. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of the synthesized resin was 9,200 in terms of polystyrene.
[合成例12]
容量0.5リットルのディーン・スターク装置付きセパラブルフラスラスコ中で、フロログルシノール100.9g(0.8mol)、4,4’-ビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル(BMMB)121.2g(0.5mol)、ジエチル硫酸3.9g(0.025mol)、及びジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル140gを70℃で混合攪拌し、固形物を溶解させて、混合溶液を得た。
[Synthesis Example 12]
100.9 g (0.8 mol) of phloroglucinol and 121.2 g (4. 5 mol), 3.9 g (0.025 mol) of diethyl sulfuric acid, and 140 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 70 ° C. to dissolve the solid matter, thereby obtaining a mixed solution.
得られた混合溶液をオイルバスにより140℃に加温し、反応液よりメタノールの発生を確認した。そのまま140℃で反応液を2時間攪拌した。
次に反応容器を大気中で冷却し、これに別途100gのテトラヒドロフランを加えて攪拌して反応希釈液を得た。この反応希釈液を4Lの水に高速攪拌下で滴下し樹脂を分散析出させ、この析出物を回収し、適宜水洗、脱水の後に真空乾燥を施し、フロログルシノール/BMMBからなる、下記式:
Next, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was separately added thereto and stirred to obtain a reaction diluted solution. This reaction diluted solution was dropped into 4 L of water under high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate the resin, and this precipitate was collected, washed with water as appropriate, dehydrated and then vacuum-dried, and composed of phloroglucinol / BMMB.
<ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物の調製>
[実施例1]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gと合成例8で製造したN-1を2g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、1.68gとともにGBL、20gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例2]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gと合成例8で製造したN-1を5g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、2.1gとともにGBL、25gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例3]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gと合成例8で製造したN-1を10g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、2.8gとともにGBL、33.3gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例4]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gと合成例8で製造したN-1を20g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、4.2gとともにGBL、50gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例5]
実施例1で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例9で製造したN-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例6]
実施例2で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例9で製造したN-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例7]
実施例3で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例9で製造したN-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例8]
実施例4で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例9で製造したN-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例9]
実施例1で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG018(商品名、フェノール成分:ビスフェノールA、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例10]
実施例2で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG018(商品名、フェノール成分:ビスフェノールA、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Preparation of positive photosensitive resin composition>
[Example 1]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 2 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in 20 g of GBL together with 1.68 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. The mixture was filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Example 2]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 5 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in 25 g of GBL together with 2.1 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. The mixture was filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Example 3]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 10 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in GBL, 33.3 g together with 2.8 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. Thereafter, the mixture was filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
Type photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
[Example 4]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 20 g of N-1 produced in Synthesis Example 8 were weighed and dissolved in 50 g of GBL together with 4.2 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4. The mixture was filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Example 5]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 1.
[Example 6]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 2.
[Example 7]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 3.
[Example 8]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-2 produced in Synthesis Example 9 instead of N-1 used in Example 4.
[Example 9]
Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 1, the same positive photosensitive resin composition was used. A product was prepared.
[Example 10]
Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 2, the positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly used. A product was prepared.
[実施例11]
実施例3で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG018(商品名、フェノール成分:ビスフェノールA、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例12]
実施例4で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG018(商品名、フェノール成分:ビスフェノールA、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例13]
実施例1で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG024(商品名、フェノール成分:m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド/サリチルアルデヒド比=70/30、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例14]
実施例2で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG024(商品名、フェノール成分:m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド/サリチルアルデヒド比=70/30、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例15]
実施例3で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG024(商品名、フェノール成分:m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド/サリチルアルデヒド比=70/30、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例16]
実施例4で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂AEG024(商品名、フェノール成分:m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド/サリチルアルデヒド比=70/30、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例17]
実施例1で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例10で製造したN-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例18]
実施例2で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例10で製造したN-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例19]
実施例3で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例10で製造したN-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例20]
実施例4で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例10で製造したN-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Example 11]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly used by using phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 3. A product was prepared.
[Example 12]
Using the phenol resin AEG018 (trade name, phenol component: bisphenol A, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Example 4, the same positive photosensitive resin composition was used. A product was prepared.
[Example 13]
Instead of N-1 used in Example 1, phenol resin AEG024 (trade name, phenol component: m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, aldehyde component: formaldehyde / salicylaldehyde ratio = 70/30, Gunei A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using Chemicals Co., Ltd.
[Example 14]
Instead of N-1 used in Example 2, phenol resin AEG024 (trade name, phenol component: m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, aldehyde component: formaldehyde / salicylaldehyde ratio = 70/30, Gunei A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using Chemicals Co., Ltd.
[Example 15]
Instead of N-1 used in Example 3, phenol resin AEG024 (trade name, phenol component: m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, aldehyde component: formaldehyde / salicylaldehyde ratio = 70/30, Gunei A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using Chemicals Co., Ltd.
[Example 16]
Instead of N-1 used in Example 4, phenol resin AEG024 (trade name, phenol component: m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, aldehyde component: formaldehyde / salicylaldehyde ratio = 70/30, Gunei A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using Chemicals Co., Ltd.
[Example 17]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 1.
[Example 18]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 2.
[Example 19]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 3.
[Example 20]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using N-3 produced in Synthesis Example 10 instead of N-1 used in Example 4.
[実施例21]
実施例1で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例22]
実施例2で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例23]
実施例3で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例24]
実施例4で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例25]
実施例5で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例26]
実施例6で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例27]
実施例7で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例28]
実施例8で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例29]
実施例9で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例30]
実施例10で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Example 21]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 1.
[Example 22]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 2.
[Example 23]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 3.
[Example 24]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 4.
[Example 25]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 5.
[Example 26]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 6.
[Example 27]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 7.
[Example 28]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 8.
[Example 29]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 9.
[Example 30]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 10.
[実施例31]
実施例11で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例32]
実施例12で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例33]
実施例13で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例34]
実施例14で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例35]
実施例15で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例36]
実施例16で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例37]
実施例17で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例38]
実施例18で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例39]
実施例19で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例40]
実施例20で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Example 31]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 11.
[Example 32]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 12.
[Example 33]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 13.
[Example 34]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 14.
[Example 35]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 15.
[Example 36]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 16.
[Example 37]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 17.
[Example 38]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 18.
[Example 39]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 19.
[Example 40]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Example 20.
[実施例41]
実施例1で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例42]
実施例2で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例43]
実施例3で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例44]
実施例4で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例45]
実施例5で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例46]
実施例6で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例47]
実施例7で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例48]
実施例8で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例49]
実施例9で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例50]
実施例10で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Example 41]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 1.
[Example 42]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 2.
[Example 43]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 3.
[Example 44]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 4.
[Example 45]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 5.
[Example 46]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 6.
[Example 47]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 7.
[Example 48]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 8.
[Example 49]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 9.
[Example 50]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 10.
[実施例51]
実施例11で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例52]
実施例12で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例53]
実施例13で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例54]
実施例14で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例55]
実施例15で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例56]
実施例16で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例57]
実施例17で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例58]
実施例18で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例59]
実施例19で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例60]
実施例20で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例7で製造したP-3を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Example 51]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 11.
[Example 52]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 12.
[Example 53]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 13.
[Example 54]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 14.
[Example 55]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 15.
[Example 56]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 16.
[Example 57]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 17.
[Example 58]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 18.
[Example 59]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 19.
[Example 60]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-3 produced in Synthesis Example 7 instead of P-1 used in Example 20.
[比較例1]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、1.4gとともにGBL、16.7gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例2]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gとフェノール樹脂EP4000B(商品名、m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、旭有機材工業(株)製)を2g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、1.68gとともにGBL、20gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例3]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gとフェノール樹脂EP4000B(商品名、m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、旭有機材工業(株)製)を5g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、2.1gとともにGBL、25gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例4]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gとフェノール樹脂EP4000B(商品名、m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、旭有機材工業(株)製)を10g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、2.8gとともにGBL、33.3gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例5]
合成例5で製造したP-1を10gとフェノール樹脂EP4000B(商品名、m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=60/40、旭有機材工業(株)製)を20g計り、合成例4で製造したキノンジアジド化合物Q-1、4.2gとともにGBL、50gに溶解させた後、1μmのフィルターで濾過して、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例6]
比較例2で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりにフェノール樹脂MXP5560BF(商品名、フェノール/m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=50/30/20)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例7]
比較例3で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりにフェノール樹脂MXP5560BF(商品名、フェノール/m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=50/30/20)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例8]
比較例4で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりにフェノール樹脂MXP5560BF(商品名、フェノール/m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=50/30/20)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例9]
比較例5で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりにフェノール樹脂MXP5560BF(商品名、フェノール/m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール比=50/30/20)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例10]
比較例2で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりに合成例11で製造したN-4を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Comparative Example 1]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 was weighed and dissolved in 16.7 g of GBL together with 1.4 g of the quinonediazide compound Q-1 produced in Synthesis Example 4, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter. A photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
[Comparative Example 2]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 2 g of phenol resin EP4000B (trade name, m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.) were measured and produced in Synthesis Example 4. The quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 1.68 g were dissolved in 20 g of GBL, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Comparative Example 3]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 5 g of phenol resin EP4000B (trade name, m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.) were measured and produced in Synthesis Example 4. The quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 2.1 g together with GBL and 25 g were dissolved and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Comparative Example 4]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 10 g of phenol resin EP4000B (trade name, m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.) were measured and produced in Synthesis Example 4. The quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 2.8 g together with GBL and 33.3 g were dissolved and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
Type photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
[Comparative Example 5]
10 g of P-1 produced in Synthesis Example 5 and 20 g of phenol resin EP4000B (trade name, m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 60/40, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.) were measured and produced in Synthesis Example 4. The quinonediazide compound Q-1 and 4.2 g were dissolved in 50 g of GBL, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a positive photosensitive resin composition.
[Comparative Example 6]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using phenol resin MXP5560BF (trade name, phenol / m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 50/30/20) instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 2. did.
[Comparative Example 7]
Using the phenol resin MXP5560BF (trade name, phenol / m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 50/30/20) instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 3, a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared. did.
[Comparative Example 8]
Using the phenol resin MXP5560BF (trade name, phenol / m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 50/30/20) instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 4, a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared. did.
[Comparative Example 9]
Using the phenol resin MXP5560BF (trade name, phenol / m-cresol / p-cresol ratio = 50/30/20) instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 5, a positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared. did.
[Comparative Example 10]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 in place of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 2.
[比較例11]
比較例3で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりに合成例11で製造したN-4を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例12]
比較例4で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりに合成例11で製造したN-4を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例13]
比較例5で用いたフェノール樹脂の代わりに合成例11で製造したN-4を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例14]
比較例6で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例15]
比較例7で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例16]
比較例8で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例17]
比較例9で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[比較例17]
比較例9で用いたP-1の代わりに合成例6で製造したP-2を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例61~64]
実施例1~4で用いたN-1の代わりに合成例12で製造したフェノール樹脂N-5を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例65~68]
実施例1~4で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂N-6(フェノール成分:ビスフェノールS、アルデヒド成分:ホルムアルデヒド、小西化学工業(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[実施例69~72]
実施例1~4で用いたN-1の代わりにフェノール樹脂MEH-7600-4H(商品名、群栄化学(株)製)を用いて、同様にポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
[Comparative Example 11]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 3.
[Comparative Example 12]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 4.
[Comparative Example 13]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using N-4 produced in Synthesis Example 11 instead of the phenol resin used in Comparative Example 5.
[Comparative Example 14]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 6.
[Comparative Example 15]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 7.
[Comparative Example 16]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 8.
[Comparative Example 17]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 9.
[Comparative Example 17]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was prepared in the same manner using P-2 produced in Synthesis Example 6 instead of P-1 used in Comparative Example 9.
[Examples 61 to 64]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using the phenol resin N-5 produced in Synthesis Example 12 instead of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4.
[Examples 65 to 68]
In place of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4, a phenol resin N-6 (phenol component: bisphenol S, aldehyde component: formaldehyde, manufactured by Konishi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used in the same manner, and a positive photosensitive resin. A composition was prepared.
[Examples 69 to 72]
A positive photosensitive resin composition was similarly prepared using phenol resin MEH-7600-4H (trade name, manufactured by Gunei Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of N-1 used in Examples 1 to 4.
前述したフェノール樹脂の構造を以下に示す。
調製した実施例1~60、比較例1~17、及び実施例61~72のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物のパターニング特性の評価、及び、現像後の表面状態の評価を行った。結果を表1、表2及び表3に示す。 The patterning characteristics of the prepared positive photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 60, Comparative Examples 1 to 17, and Examples 61 to 72 were evaluated, and the surface condition after development was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3.
[実施例73~92、比較例18~29]
前述の実施例及び比較例にて作製したポジ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られた硬化膜の、ドライエッチング処理後表面評価(実施例73~82、比較例18~23)、ダイアタッチフィルム接着強度評価(実施例83~92、比較例24~29)を行った。結果を表4、及び表5に示す。
[Examples 73 to 92, Comparative Examples 18 to 29]
Surface evaluation after dry etching treatment of cured films obtained from the positive photosensitive resin compositions prepared in the above Examples and Comparative Examples (Examples 73 to 82, Comparative Examples 18 to 23), die attach film adhesion Strength evaluation (Examples 83 to 92, Comparative Examples 24 to 29) was performed. The results are shown in Tables 4 and 5.
表1、表2及び表3に示した結果から、実施例1~60は、感度及び現像残膜率に優れ、現像後の表面状態が良好であることを示す。また、実施例21~40ではポリマー骨格にエステル構造を導入したポリマーを用いることで、実施例1~20と比較して現像時の残膜率が向上し、現像後の表面状態がより良好になっていることを示す。さらに、実施例41~60では、ポリマーの側鎖にエステル構造を導入したポリマーを用いることで、実施例21~40と比較して現像時の残膜率が向上し、更に現像後の表面状態が良好となっていることを示す。
そして表4、及び表5に示した結果から、ポリイミド前駆体及びポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂、キノンジアジド化合物、フェノール樹脂及び溶剤を含むポジ型感光性樹脂組成物から成る感光性樹脂層を基板に塗布し、露光し、現像し、そして硬化させて得られる硬化膜は、ドライエッチング処理後表面状態が良好であり、ダイアタッチフィルム接着強度が良好であることを示す。
From the results shown in Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3, Examples 1 to 60 are excellent in sensitivity and development residual film ratio, and show that the surface state after development is good. Further, in Examples 21 to 40, by using a polymer having an ester structure introduced into the polymer skeleton, the remaining film ratio during development is improved as compared with Examples 1 to 20, and the surface condition after development is improved. Indicates that Further, in Examples 41 to 60, by using a polymer having an ester structure introduced in the side chain of the polymer, the remaining film ratio during development is improved as compared with Examples 21 to 40, and the surface condition after development is further improved. Indicates that it is good.
And from the result shown in Table 4 and Table 5, it consists of the positive photosensitive resin composition containing at least 1 sort (s) of resin selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, a quinonediazide compound, a phenol resin, and a solvent. The cured film obtained by applying the photosensitive resin layer to the substrate, exposing, developing, and curing it has a good surface state after the dry etching treatment and shows good die attach film adhesive strength.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、半導体装置、表示体装置及び発光装置の表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、バンプ構造を有する装置の保護膜、多層回路の層間絶縁膜、フレキシブル銅張板のカバーコート、ソルダーレジスト膜、並びに液晶配向膜等として好適に利用できる。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes a surface protective film for a semiconductor device, a display device and a light emitting device, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a device having a bump structure, It can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film of a multilayer circuit, a cover coat of a flexible copper-clad plate, a solder resist film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and the like.
Claims (13)
で表される構造単位を主成分とするポリマーと、
(b)キノンジアジド化合物と、
(c)フェノール樹脂と、を含有し、
該(c)フェノール樹脂が、下記一般式(2),(3),及び(4)、並びに一般式群(5):
から成る群から選ばれる2価の有機基である。}
から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つで表される構造を有する、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。 (A) The following general formula (1):
A polymer whose main component is a structural unit represented by:
(B) a quinonediazide compound;
(C) a phenol resin,
The (c) phenolic resin has the following general formulas (2), (3), and (4), and general formula group (5):
A divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of }
A positive photosensitive resin composition having a structure represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of:
で表される構造を有する、請求項1に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The phenol resin is represented by the following general formula (4 ′)
The positive photosensitive resin composition of Claim 1 which has a structure represented by these.
で表される構造を有する、請求項1に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The phenol resin is a structure represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the general formula group (5), and the Y is represented by the following general formula (5 ″):
The positive photosensitive resin composition of Claim 1 which has a structure represented by these.
で表される構造を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。 R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (6):
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which has a structure represented by:
で表される構造を有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のポジ型感光性樹脂組成物。 R 3 or R 4 in the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (7):
The positive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which has a structure represented by:
(B)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程、
(C)現像液により露光部を除去して、レリーフパターンを得る工程、及び
(D)該レリーフパターンを加熱する工程、
を含む、硬化レリーフパターンの製造方法。 (A) forming a photosensitive resin layer composed of the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6 on a substrate;
(B) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(C) removing the exposed portion with a developer to obtain a relief pattern; and (D) heating the relief pattern.
A method for producing a cured relief pattern.
該硬化膜が、下記条件下、
プラズマ種:マイクロ波
処理ガス:O2
処理時間:60秒
のドライエッチング処理後に原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)を用いて測定したときに、算術平均表面粗さ:0.5~5.0nmを有する、硬化膜。 A cured film containing at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polybenzoxazole and a phenol resin,
The cured film has the following conditions:
Plasma type: Microwave Processing gas: O 2
Treatment time: A cured film having an arithmetic average surface roughness of 0.5 to 5.0 nm as measured using an atomic force microscope (AFM) after a dry etching treatment of 60 seconds.
Priority Applications (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201380048156.0A CN104641293B (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2013-09-13 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| KR1020177019270A KR101900636B1 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2013-09-13 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2014536842A JP6348419B2 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2013-09-13 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| KR1020157006158A KR101781702B1 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2013-09-13 | Photosensitive resin composition |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2012204661 | 2012-09-18 | ||
| JP2012-204661 | 2012-09-18 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2014046062A1 true WO2014046062A1 (en) | 2014-03-27 |
Family
ID=50341374
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2013/074930 Ceased WO2014046062A1 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2013-09-13 | Photosensitive resin composition |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (2) | JP6348419B2 (en) |
| KR (2) | KR101900636B1 (en) |
| CN (2) | CN109298601A (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI559089B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2014046062A1 (en) |
Cited By (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2014059463A (en) * | 2012-09-18 | 2014-04-03 | Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp | Photosensitive resin composition |
| WO2016056451A1 (en) * | 2014-10-06 | 2016-04-14 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, method for producing heat-resistant resin film, and display device |
| CN105801787A (en) * | 2016-04-25 | 2016-07-27 | 宋芳 | Photosensitizer with macromolecular structure and preparation method thereof as well as photoresist prepared from photosensitizer |
| JP2016161875A (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-09-05 | 太陽インキ製造株式会社 | Etching resist composition and dry film |
| WO2020026937A1 (en) * | 2018-08-01 | 2020-02-06 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and display device |
| US11456266B2 (en) | 2019-10-31 | 2022-09-27 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Bump structure and method of manufacturing bump structure |
| US11650499B2 (en) | 2019-02-06 | 2023-05-16 | Showa Denko K.K. | Photosensitive resin composition, organic EL element barrier rib, and organic EL element |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN108779331B (en) * | 2016-03-28 | 2020-08-25 | 东丽株式会社 | Resin composition, cured relief pattern thereof, and method for producing semiconductor electronic component or semiconductor device using same |
| KR102654926B1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2024-04-05 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Photoresist composition and method for forming a metal pattern using the same |
| CN106977421A (en) * | 2017-02-16 | 2017-07-25 | 蚁术新材料科技(上海)有限公司 | A kind of method for preparing diazo naphthoquinone type sensitising agent |
| WO2021085321A1 (en) | 2019-10-29 | 2021-05-06 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, semiconductor device, organic el display device, and display device |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2005250160A (en) * | 2004-03-04 | 2005-09-15 | Kyocera Chemical Corp | Positive photosensitive resin composition and cured object thereof |
| JP2005266673A (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2005-09-29 | Kyocera Chemical Corp | Color filter, liquid crystal display apparatus, positive photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing spacer |
| JP2006124630A (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2006-05-18 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Resin composition, semiconductor device and display element, and methods for producing semiconductor device and display element |
| WO2011135887A1 (en) * | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-03 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2013174843A (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-09-05 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, protective film and semiconductor device |
Family Cites Families (26)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0951163A (en) * | 1995-05-31 | 1997-02-18 | Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc | Flexible circuit board |
| JP3966667B2 (en) * | 2000-03-13 | 2007-08-29 | 住友ベークライト株式会社 | Positive photosensitive resin composition and semiconductor device using the same |
| ATE324603T1 (en) * | 2000-06-02 | 2006-05-15 | Canon Kk | PRODUCTION METHOD FOR AN OPTICAL ELEMENT |
| US6534235B1 (en) * | 2000-10-31 | 2003-03-18 | Kansai Research Institute, Inc. | Photosensitive resin composition and process for forming pattern |
| JP4612773B2 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2011-01-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Optical element manufacturing method |
| EP1630605B1 (en) * | 2003-06-02 | 2017-10-11 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP4226981B2 (en) * | 2003-09-24 | 2009-02-18 | 三井金属鉱業株式会社 | Printed wiring board manufacturing method and printed wiring board obtained by the manufacturing method |
| CN1290887C (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2006-12-20 | 西北工业大学 | Wear-resisting phenolic resin without dirt-water discharge and preparation method thereof |
| JP4548001B2 (en) * | 2004-06-09 | 2010-09-22 | 東レ株式会社 | Positive photosensitive resin precursor composition |
| JP2006247581A (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-21 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Pattern forming method, pattern material obtained by using the same and color filter |
| JP2007177024A (en) * | 2005-12-27 | 2007-07-12 | Kawamura Sangyo Kk | Aromatic polyimide film, method for producing the same, and graphite sheet |
| JP2010145425A (en) * | 2007-03-30 | 2010-07-01 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film, method for forming pattern by using the photosensitive film, and printed board |
| JP5061703B2 (en) * | 2007-04-25 | 2012-10-31 | 東レ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| US20100119969A1 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2010-05-13 | Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd. | Positive photosensitive resin composition and dpolyhydroxyamide resin |
| JP4959495B2 (en) * | 2007-09-27 | 2012-06-20 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Coloring curable composition, coloring pattern using the same, and color filter |
| WO2009078365A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-25 | Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method for producing polyhydroxyimide and positive photosensitive resin composition containing polyhydroxyimide obtained by the production method |
| KR101379057B1 (en) * | 2008-09-04 | 2014-03-28 | 히타치가세이가부시끼가이샤 | Positive-type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing resist pattern, and electronic component |
| US8530119B2 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2013-09-10 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd. | Positive photosensitive resin composition, cured film, protective film, interlayer insulating film, and semiconductor device and display element using the same |
| JP5475350B2 (en) * | 2009-07-02 | 2014-04-16 | 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 | Photo-curable thermosetting resin composition, dry film and cured product thereof, and printed wiring board using them |
| KR101249686B1 (en) * | 2009-07-16 | 2013-04-05 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Polyimide and photoresist resin composition comprising therof |
| JP2011095705A (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-05-12 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive composition, photosensitive solder resist composition, photosensitive solder resist film, and permanent pattern, method for forming the same, and printed board |
| JP5620686B2 (en) * | 2010-02-08 | 2014-11-05 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device |
| JP5630175B2 (en) * | 2010-09-15 | 2014-11-26 | 東レ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2013205553A (en) * | 2012-03-28 | 2013-10-07 | Toray Ind Inc | Positive photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2014059463A (en) * | 2012-09-18 | 2014-04-03 | Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JPWO2014069091A1 (en) * | 2012-10-30 | 2016-09-08 | 住友ベークライト株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, protective film, insulating film, and electronic device |
-
2013
- 2013-09-13 JP JP2014536842A patent/JP6348419B2/en active Active
- 2013-09-13 KR KR1020177019270A patent/KR101900636B1/en active Active
- 2013-09-13 CN CN201811250571.5A patent/CN109298601A/en active Pending
- 2013-09-13 KR KR1020157006158A patent/KR101781702B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-09-13 WO PCT/JP2013/074930 patent/WO2014046062A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2013-09-13 CN CN201380048156.0A patent/CN104641293B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-09-16 TW TW102133521A patent/TWI559089B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2017
- 2017-09-11 JP JP2017174230A patent/JP6587661B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2005250160A (en) * | 2004-03-04 | 2005-09-15 | Kyocera Chemical Corp | Positive photosensitive resin composition and cured object thereof |
| JP2005266673A (en) * | 2004-03-22 | 2005-09-29 | Kyocera Chemical Corp | Color filter, liquid crystal display apparatus, positive photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing spacer |
| JP2006124630A (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2006-05-18 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Resin composition, semiconductor device and display element, and methods for producing semiconductor device and display element |
| WO2011135887A1 (en) * | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-03 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2013174843A (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-09-05 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, protective film and semiconductor device |
Cited By (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2014059463A (en) * | 2012-09-18 | 2014-04-03 | Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp | Photosensitive resin composition |
| WO2016056451A1 (en) * | 2014-10-06 | 2016-04-14 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, method for producing heat-resistant resin film, and display device |
| US11640110B2 (en) | 2014-10-06 | 2023-05-02 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Resin composition, method for producing heat-resistant resin film, and display device |
| JPWO2016056451A1 (en) * | 2014-10-06 | 2017-07-27 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, heat-resistant resin film manufacturing method, and display device |
| CN105938296A (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-09-14 | 太阳油墨制造株式会社 | Etching resist composition and dry film |
| JP2016161875A (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-09-05 | 太陽インキ製造株式会社 | Etching resist composition and dry film |
| KR20160108160A (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-09-19 | 다이요 잉키 세이조 가부시키가이샤 | Etching resist composition and dry film |
| KR102541613B1 (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2023-06-09 | 다이요 홀딩스 가부시키가이샤 | Etching resist composition and dry film |
| CN105801787A (en) * | 2016-04-25 | 2016-07-27 | 宋芳 | Photosensitizer with macromolecular structure and preparation method thereof as well as photoresist prepared from photosensitizer |
| CN105801787B (en) * | 2016-04-25 | 2018-05-22 | 宋芳 | A kind of macromolecular structure photosensitizer and preparation method thereof and the photoresist prepared with the photosensitizer |
| WO2020026937A1 (en) * | 2018-08-01 | 2020-02-06 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and display device |
| JPWO2020026937A1 (en) * | 2018-08-01 | 2021-08-02 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, semiconductor device and display device |
| US20210116810A1 (en) * | 2018-08-01 | 2021-04-22 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and display device |
| JP7547727B2 (en) | 2018-08-01 | 2024-09-10 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and display device |
| US12210285B2 (en) * | 2018-08-01 | 2025-01-28 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Resin composition, resin sheet, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and display device |
| US11650499B2 (en) | 2019-02-06 | 2023-05-16 | Showa Denko K.K. | Photosensitive resin composition, organic EL element barrier rib, and organic EL element |
| US11456266B2 (en) | 2019-10-31 | 2022-09-27 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Bump structure and method of manufacturing bump structure |
| US11923326B2 (en) | 2019-10-31 | 2024-03-05 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Bump structure and method of manufacturing bump structure |
| US12476210B2 (en) | 2019-10-31 | 2025-11-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Bump structure and method of manufacturing bump structure |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW201421161A (en) | 2014-06-01 |
| JP6587661B2 (en) | 2019-10-09 |
| CN109298601A (en) | 2019-02-01 |
| KR101900636B1 (en) | 2018-09-19 |
| TWI559089B (en) | 2016-11-21 |
| CN104641293B (en) | 2019-04-19 |
| KR101781702B1 (en) | 2017-09-25 |
| JP6348419B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 |
| KR20150042820A (en) | 2015-04-21 |
| CN104641293A (en) | 2015-05-20 |
| JP2018022171A (en) | 2018-02-08 |
| JPWO2014046062A1 (en) | 2016-08-18 |
| KR20170084364A (en) | 2017-07-19 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6587661B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP4878662B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP5171628B2 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP4735778B1 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP5632676B2 (en) | Alkali-soluble polymer, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and use thereof | |
| JP5241280B2 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| TWI413863B (en) | Positive type photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP4931644B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP6073626B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP5079089B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device | |
| JP5562585B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP2014059463A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP5715440B2 (en) | Alkali-soluble polymer, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and use thereof | |
| JP6523419B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP4931634B2 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP6259033B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP5241142B2 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP2007225942A (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP2007225631A (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13838228 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2014536842 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157006158 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13838228 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |